WO2021159447A1 - Method and apparatus for tracking reference signal - Google Patents
Method and apparatus for tracking reference signal Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2021159447A1 WO2021159447A1 PCT/CN2020/075217 CN2020075217W WO2021159447A1 WO 2021159447 A1 WO2021159447 A1 WO 2021159447A1 CN 2020075217 W CN2020075217 W CN 2020075217W WO 2021159447 A1 WO2021159447 A1 WO 2021159447A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- path loss
- reference signal
- terminal device
- information
- reference signals
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
- Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
- Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks
Definitions
- This application relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a method and device for tracking reference signals in the field of communications.
- the parameters used to determine the uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment are configured by the network equipment.
- the purpose of uplink power control is to make the power of the signal sent by the terminal device reach the network device to meet the receiving condition of the network device. Since the distance between each terminal device and the network device is different, the terminal device needs to estimate the path loss (pathloss, PL) in signal transmission to adjust the uplink transmission power. The path loss is referred to as "path loss" for short.
- the network device needs to configure a path loss reference signal (pathloss reference signal, PL RS), also called a path loss estimation reference signal, so that the terminal device can track. Tracking includes periodic measurement and maintenance of the path loss measurement results corresponding to each PL RS.
- Version 15 allows network devices to be configured with a maximum of 4 PL RSs.
- the terminal should track the PL RS configured by all network devices, so that the network device can make dynamic adjustments. That is, the network device dynamically indicates one of the four PL RSs, and the terminal device can adjust its transmission power immediately.
- version 16 allows network devices to configure a maximum of 64 PL RSs. In order not to increase the measurement and maintenance burden of the terminal equipment, the terminal equipment still only needs to track 4 of the PL RSs.
- a network device dynamically indicates a PL RS, if it is a PL RS that the terminal device has not tracked, the terminal device needs an extra period of time to measure the PL RS, determine the path loss estimate, and adjust the transmission power; if This is a PL RS tracked by the terminal device. Since the terminal device always maintains the path loss estimate, the terminal device can immediately adjust the transmission power without measuring.
- the network device cannot know which PL RSs are tracked by the terminal device. In this way, for a PL RS, if the network device always assumes that the terminal device does not track the PL RS, and the terminal device actually tracks the PL RS, unnecessary delay will occur; if the network device always assumes that the terminal device has tracked The PL RS, but the terminal device does not track the PL RS, and the terminal device cannot adjust the uplink transmission power in time as required. After the network device finds that the uplink transmission power of the terminal device has not been adjusted in time, it will repeat the transmission power adjustment instructions, resulting in communication. Make redundant.
- This application provides a method and device for tracking reference signals, which can determine the reference signals tracked by the terminal device based on specific rules, so that the terminal device and the network device align which reference signals the terminal device tracks, which is beneficial to improve the network device as a terminal device. Adjust the efficiency of uplink transmission power and save signaling overhead.
- a method for tracking a reference signal including: a terminal device receives first information from a network device, where the first information is used to indicate whether a default mode is enabled, and in the default mode, the terminal The device determines the reference signal to be tracked according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel; the terminal device receives second information from the network device, and the second information is used to configure multiple path loss estimation reference signals; if said The default mode is enabled, and the terminal device tracks the reference signal determined based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, and does not track the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
- the terminal device can determine the reference signal to be tracked based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, and ignore the path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the second information.
- both the network device and the terminal device can determine which reference signals are the reference signals to be tracked according to whether the default mode is turned on, so that the terminal device and the network device align which reference signals the terminal device tracks. If the network device subsequently needs the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power, it can determine an appropriate reference signal and indicate the reference signal to the terminal device. If the reference signal is one of the reference signals tracked by the terminal device, since the terminal device always maintains the estimated path loss corresponding to the reference signal, the uplink transmission power can be adjusted in time without unnecessary adjustments. Time delay; if the reference signal is a reference signal not tracked by the terminal device, the terminal device can use an extra period of time to track the reference signal indicated by the network device, obtain the path loss estimate, and then adjust the uplink transmission power. Since the network device knows that the terminal device has not tracked the reference signal and needs an extra period of time to adjust, the network device will not repeatedly send power adjustment instructions, and signaling redundancy will not occur.
- the method for tracking reference signals in the embodiments of the present application determines the reference signals tracked by the terminal device based on specific rules, so that the terminal device and the network device align which reference signals the terminal device tracks, which is beneficial to improve the network device as a terminal device. Adjust the efficiency of uplink transmission power and save signaling overhead.
- the aforementioned default mode refers to a reference mode specified by the protocol without an explicit indication.
- the terminal device can determine the reference signal to be tracked according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel. Since the default mode is used to determine the reference signal to be tracked when the terminal device adjusts the transmission power, the default mode can also be referred to as the "default transmission power determination mode", or the "first mode", or other The name is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
- the method further includes: if the default mode is not enabled, the terminal device tracks the reference signal determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals, The reference signal related to the downlink control channel is not tracked.
- the terminal device can determine the reference signal to be tracked based on the path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the second information, and ignore the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
- the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling.
- the network device sends radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling to the terminal device, and the RRC signaling carries the foregoing first information and second information.
- RRC radio resource control
- the first information and the second information may be separately sent by a network device within a certain time interval.
- the network device may send the first information to the terminal device first, and then send the second information to the terminal device.
- the terminal device starts a timer after receiving the first information, and detects whether the second information is received before the timer expires.
- the network device can determine the path loss estimation reference signal to be tracked according to the method of the embodiment of the present application; if the terminal device does not receive the second information before the timer expires, the network device can determine the path to be tracked in other ways
- the reference signal for path loss estimation is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the network device may first send the second information to the terminal device, and then send the first information to the terminal device, the terminal device starts a timer after receiving the second information, and detects whether the first information is received before the timer expires, If the first information is received, the network device can determine the path loss estimation reference signal to be tracked according to the method of the embodiment of the present application; if the terminal device does not receive the first information before the timer expires, the network device can be based on the second information, Determine the reference signal to be tracked. In other words, the network device may consider that the default mode is not turned on without receiving the first information, and select the reference signal to be tracked from the multiple path loss estimation reference signals configured by the second information.
- the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are the M path losses with the smallest identification among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals Estimated reference signal; or, the reference signal determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals is the M path loss estimation reference signals with the largest identification among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; where M is a predefined Or a positive integer reported by the terminal device to the network device.
- ID can also be replaced with an index (index), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the path loss estimation reference signal configured by the network device is a CSI-RS
- the terminal device can select M CSI-RSs with the smallest or largest identities as the reference signals to be tracked.
- the path loss estimation reference signal configured by the network device is a synchronization signal block (SS/PBCH block, SSB), and the terminal device can select the M SSBs with the smallest or largest identification as the to-be-tracked M SSBs. Reference signal.
- SS/PBCH block SSB
- the path loss estimation reference signal configured by the network device includes CSI-RS and SSB, and the terminal device can select CSI-RS first, then SSB, or, select SSB first, and then CSI-RS.
- each path loss estimation reference signal will be assigned an identifier (for example, PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, or PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, or SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id).
- PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id is the identifier of the path loss estimation reference signal of PUSCH
- PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id is the identifier of the path loss estimation reference signal of PUCCH
- SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id is the identifier of the path loss estimation reference signal of SRS.
- Each type of reference signal can also have its own identity.
- the identity of the 3 SSBs configured by the network device for the terminal device (for example, SSB-Index) can be 0 ⁇ 2, and the 5 CSI-Index configured by the network device for the terminal device.
- the identifier of the RS (for example, NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId) can be 0-4. Therefore, the foregoing terminal device selects the M reference signals with the smallest or largest identifier, which may be the smallest or largest M reference signals selected by PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id (or PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, or SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id).
- each PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id can be associated with one SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId.
- the terminal device can also select M reference signals with the smallest or largest SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId.
- the terminal device may select according to a certain agreed order.
- the terminal device may select PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id according to PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id.
- PathlossReferenceRS select PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS according to PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, or first select PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS according to PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, and then select PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS according to PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id.
- the terminal device can follow the PUSCH first, then PUCCH, and then The order of SRS is selected, or selected in the order of PUSCH first, SRS second, and PUCCH second, or in other order, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the above-mentioned identifier may be at least one of the following: PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId, SSB-Index or NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId, which is the case in the embodiment of this application. Not limited.
- the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are the M paths with the shortest transmission period among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
- Loss estimation reference signal; or, the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are the M path loss estimation reference signals with the longest transmission period among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; where M It is a positive integer that is predefined or reported by the terminal device to the network device.
- the aforementioned path loss estimation reference signal is sent by the network device to the terminal device. Therefore, for the terminal device, the aforementioned transmission period may also be referred to as a measurement period. The two are equivalent. The name is not limited.
- the method further includes: the terminal device receives third information from the network device, where the third information is used to indicate a first reference signal; The terminal device obtains a path loss estimation value according to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device and/or the first reference signal; the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission of the terminal device based on the path loss estimation value Power, where the adjusted uplink transmission power takes effect after the first time period when the terminal device receives the third information.
- the network device may send the third information to the terminal device, indicating the first reference signal.
- the first reference signal may be one reference signal or multiple reference signals, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the terminal device receives the third information, and adjusts the uplink transmission power of the terminal device according to the indication of the third information.
- the first time period is X; or, if the All or part of the reference signal in the first reference signal does not belong to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, then the first time period is X+T; where X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter, and T is all
- the terminal device measures the length of time during which the first reference signal obtains the path loss estimate value.
- the terminal device may compare the first reference signal indicated by the third information with the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, and if the first reference signal belongs to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the terminal device
- the uplink transmission power of the terminal device can be adjusted directly according to the estimated path loss of the reference signal that has been maintained; if the first reference signal does not belong to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the terminal device needs an extra period of time (I.e., the above-mentioned T) to track the first reference signal to obtain an estimated path loss, and then adjust the uplink transmission power of the terminal device according to the obtained estimated path loss. Therefore, the adjusted uplink transmission power of the terminal device takes effect after the first time period after the terminal device receives the third information.
- T extra period of time
- the foregoing X may be a predefined time length, or a time length configured by a network device, or a time length reported by a terminal device, for example, it may be 3 ms, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the foregoing third information may be MAC-CE signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the default mode is any one of the following: a first default mode, a second default mode, or a third default mode; wherein, in the first default mode, In the mode, the terminal device determines the reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel; in the second default mode, the terminal device determines the reference signal related to the downlink control channel The reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH; in the third default mode, the terminal device determines the reference signal to be tracked of the sounding reference signal SRS according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
- the method further includes: the terminal device sends first capability information and/or second capability information to the network device, the first capability information It is used to indicate the number of maximum configurable path loss estimation reference signals supported by each carrier component CC, and the second capability information is used to indicate the number of maximum trackable path loss estimation reference signals supported by each CC.
- the network device may determine the number of multiple path loss estimation reference signals configured in the second information according to the first capability information reported by the terminal device. It should be understood that the number of the multiple path loss estimation reference signals is less than or equal to the number reported by the terminal device in the above-mentioned first capability information.
- the terminal device reports the second capability information to the network device, and the second capability information is used to indicate the number M of the maximum traceable path loss estimation reference signals supported by each CC.
- the network equipment can determine the reference signal tracked by the terminal equipment according to M and the above-mentioned rules.
- the above method further includes: the terminal device sends third capability information and/or fourth capability information to the network device, where the third capability information is used for Indicate the number of maximum configurable path loss estimation reference signals supported by the terminal device, and the fourth capability information is used to indicate the number of maximum traceable path loss estimation reference signals supported by the terminal device.
- the number of maximum configurable path loss estimation reference signals supported by the terminal device may be the sum of the number of maximum configurable path loss estimation reference signals supported by all CCs, and the maximum traceable path loss estimation reference signal supported by the terminal device The number of signals may be the sum of the number of maximum trackable path loss estimation reference signals supported by all CCs.
- another method for tracking a reference signal including: a network device sends first information to a terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate whether a default mode is enabled, and in the default mode, the terminal The device determines the reference signal to be tracked according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel; the network device sends second information to the terminal device, and the second information is used to configure multiple path loss estimation reference signals; if the default When the mode is turned on, the network device determines that the reference signal tracked by the terminal device is a reference signal determined based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, and the untracked reference signal is the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
- the method further includes: the network device sending a reference signal, the reference signal including a reference signal related to the downlink control channel and the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
- the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling.
- the method further includes: if the default mode is not enabled, the network device determines that the reference signal tracked by the terminal device is based on the multiple path loss estimates The reference signal determined by the reference signal, and the reference signal that is not tracked is the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
- the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are the M path losses with the smallest identification among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals Estimated reference signal; or, the reference signal determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals is the M path loss estimation reference signals with the largest identification among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; where M is a predefined Or a positive integer reported by the terminal device to the network device.
- the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are the M paths with the shortest transmission period among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
- Loss estimation reference signal; or, the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are the M path loss estimation reference signals with the longest transmission period among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; where M It is a positive integer that is predefined or reported by the terminal device to the network device.
- the method further includes: the network device sends third information to the terminal device, where the third information is used to indicate the first reference signal, so The third information is used by the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power, where the adjusted uplink transmission power takes effect after the first time period when the terminal device receives the third information.
- the first time period is X; or, if the All or part of the reference signal in the first reference signal does not belong to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, then the first time period is X+T; where X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter, and T is all
- the terminal device measures the length of time during which the first reference signal obtains the path loss estimate value.
- the default mode is any one of the following: a first default mode, a second default mode, or a third default mode; wherein, in the first default mode, In the mode, the terminal device determines the reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel; in the second default mode, the terminal device determines the reference signal related to the downlink control channel The reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH; in the third default mode, the terminal device determines the reference signal to be tracked of the sounding reference signal SRS according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
- the method before the network device sends the second information to the terminal device, the method further includes: the network device receives the first information from the terminal device A capability information, where the first capability information is used to indicate the number of maximum configurable path loss estimation reference signals supported by each carrier component CC; the network device determines the multiple paths according to the first capability information The number of loss estimation reference signals.
- the method further includes: the network device receives second capability information from the terminal device, and the second capability information is used to indicate each The number of maximum trackable path loss estimation reference signals supported by each CC.
- the method further includes: the network device receives third capability information from the terminal device, and the third capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports The maximum configurable number of path loss estimation reference signals, and the network device determines the number of the multiple path loss estimation reference signals according to the third capability information.
- the method further includes: the network device receives fourth capability information from the terminal device, where the fourth capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports The maximum trackable path loss estimates the number of reference signals.
- another method for tracking reference signals including: a terminal device receives first information from a network device, the first information is used to configure L basic path loss estimation reference signals, where L is less than or A positive integer equal to 4; the terminal device receives second information from the network device, and the second information is used to configure K additional path loss estimation reference signals, and the K additional path loss estimation reference signals Different from the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, K is a positive integer; the terminal device tracks the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and does not track the K additional path loss estimation reference signals.
- the network device may configure two types of path loss estimation reference signals for the terminal equipment, one type is the base path loss estimation reference signal, and the other type is the additional path loss estimation reference signal, where the additional path
- the loss estimation reference signal does not need to be tracked by the terminal device.
- the terminal device can only track the basic path loss estimation reference signal and align with the network device which reference signals the terminal device tracks. If the network device needs the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power immediately, it can instruct one of the reference signals tracked by the terminal device. Since the terminal device always maintains the path loss estimate corresponding to the reference signal, it can adjust the uplink transmission power in time.
- the network device can indicate the reference signal that the terminal device has not tracked, and the terminal device can use an extra period of time to track The reference signal indicated by the network device obtains the estimated path loss, and then adjusts the uplink transmission power. Since the network device knows that the terminal device has not tracked the reference signal and needs an extra period of time to adjust, the network device will not repeatedly send power adjustment instructions, and signaling redundancy will not occur.
- the method for tracking reference signals in the embodiments of the present application determines the reference signals tracked by the terminal device based on specific rules, so that the terminal device and the network device align which reference signals the terminal device tracks, which is beneficial to improve the network device as a terminal device. Adjust the efficiency of uplink transmission power and save signaling overhead.
- the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling.
- the network device sends radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling to the terminal device, and the RRC signaling carries the foregoing first information and second information.
- RRC radio resource control
- the method further includes: the terminal device receives third information from the network device, where the third information is used to indicate a first reference signal; The terminal device obtains a path loss estimation value according to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device and/or the first reference signal; the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission of the terminal device based on the path loss estimation value Power, where the adjusted uplink transmission power takes effect after the first time period when the terminal device receives the third information.
- the first time period is X; or, if all or part of the reference signals in the first reference signal do not belong to the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, then the first time period is X+T; where X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter , T is the length of time that the terminal device measures the first reference signal to obtain the path loss estimate value.
- the method further includes: the terminal device sends first capability information to the network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate each carrier component The maximum configurable number of additional path loss estimation reference signals supported by CC.
- the network device can determine the number of K additional path loss estimation reference signals configured by the second information according to the first capability information reported by the terminal device. It should be understood that the number K of the K path loss estimation reference signals is less than or equal to the number reported by the terminal device in the above-mentioned first capability information.
- another method for tracking reference signals includes: a network device sends first information to a terminal device, where the first information is used to configure L basic path loss estimation reference signals, where L is less than or equal to A positive integer of 4; the network device sends second information to the terminal device, and the second information is used to configure K additional path loss estimation reference signals, and the K additional path loss estimation reference signals
- L basic path loss estimation reference signals are different, and K is a positive integer; the network device determines that the reference signals tracked by the terminal device are the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and the reference signals that are not tracked are all The K additional path loss estimation reference signals.
- the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling.
- the method further includes: the network device sends third information to the terminal device, where the third information is used to indicate the first reference signal, so The third information is used by the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power, where the adjusted uplink transmission power takes effect after the first time period when the terminal device receives the third information.
- the first time period is X; or, if all or part of the reference signals in the first reference signal do not belong to the L first path loss estimation reference signals, then the first time period is X+T; where X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter , T is the length of time that the terminal device measures the first reference signal to obtain the path loss estimate value.
- the method before the network device sends the second information to the terminal device, the method further includes: the network device receives the first information sent by the terminal device. Capability information, the first capability information is used to indicate the maximum configurable number of additional path loss estimation reference signals supported by each carrier component CC; the network device determines the K according to the first capability information An additional path loss estimates the number of reference signals.
- a device for tracking a reference signal which is used to execute the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing aspects.
- the device includes a unit for executing the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing aspects.
- a device for tracking a reference signal including a processor, which is coupled to a memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing aspects.
- the communication device further includes a memory.
- the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
- the device for tracking the reference signal is a terminal device.
- the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
- the device for tracking the reference signal is a chip configured in a terminal device.
- the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
- a processor including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit.
- the processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing aspects.
- the above-mentioned processor may be a chip, the input circuit may be an input pin, the output circuit may be an output pin, and the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits.
- the input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, a receiver, and the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to the transmitter and transmitted by the transmitter, and the input circuit and output
- the circuit can be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times.
- the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
- a processing device including a processor and a memory.
- the processor is used to read instructions stored in the memory, and can receive signals through a receiver, and transmit signals through a transmitter, so as to execute the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing aspects.
- processors there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
- the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory and the processor may be provided separately.
- the memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read only memory (ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be set in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the memory and the setting mode of the memory and the processor.
- ROM read only memory
- sending instruction information may be a process of outputting instruction information from the processor
- receiving capability information may be a process of receiving input capability information by the processor.
- the processed output data may be output to the transmitter, and the input data received by the processor may come from the receiver.
- the transmitter and receiver can be collectively referred to as a transceiver.
- the processing device in the above eighth aspect may be a chip, and the processor may be implemented by hardware or software.
- the processor When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software
- the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in the memory.
- the memory may be integrated in the processor, may be located outside the processor, and exist independently.
- a computer program product includes: a computer program (also called code, or instruction), which when the computer program is executed, causes a computer to execute any of the above aspects.
- a computer program also called code, or instruction
- a computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also called code, or instruction) when it runs on a computer, so that the computer executes any of the above aspects.
- a computer program also called code, or instruction
- a communication system including the aforementioned terminal device and network device.
- Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
- Fig. 2 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for tracking a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 3 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for tracking a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present application.
- Fig. 4 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for tracking a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 5 shows a schematic block diagram of another device for tracking a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present application.
- GSM global system for mobile communications
- CDMA code division multiple access
- WCDMA broadband code division multiple access
- GPRS general packet radio service
- LTE long term evolution
- FDD frequency division duplex
- TDD LTE Time division duplex
- UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
- WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
- the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to various communication systems based on non-orthogonal multiple access technologies, such as sparse code multiple access (SCMA) systems.
- SCMA is The field of communication can also be called other names;
- the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a multi-carrier transmission system using non-orthogonal multiple access technology, for example, using non-orthogonal multiple access technology orthogonal Frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM), filter bank multi-carrier (FBMC), general frequency division multiplexing (generalized frequency division multiplexing, GFDM), filtered orthogonal frequency division multiplexing ( filtered-OFDM, F-OFDM) system, etc.
- OFDM orthogonal Frequency division multiplexing
- FBMC filter bank multi-carrier
- GFDM general frequency division multiplexing
- filtered orthogonal frequency division multiplexing filtered-OFDM, F-OFDM
- Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as the network device 110 shown in FIG. 1; the communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device 120 shown in FIG. 1.
- the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 may communicate through a wireless link.
- Each communication device, such as the network device 110 or the terminal device 120 may be configured with multiple antennas, and the multiple antennas may include at least one transmitting antenna for transmitting signals and at least one receiving antenna for receiving signals.
- each communication device additionally includes a transmitter chain and a receiver chain.
- Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that they can all include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (such as processors, modulators, multiplexers, etc.). , Demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.). Therefore, the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 can communicate through multi-antenna technology.
- the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (RAN).
- RAN radio access network
- the terminal equipment may be referred to as an access terminal, user equipment (UE), Subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device.
- the access terminal can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network, or terminals in the future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN) Equipment, etc.
- SIP session initiation protocol
- WLL wireless local loop
- PDA personal digital assistant
- the network device in the embodiment of the application may be a device used to communicate with terminal devices.
- the network device may be a global system for mobile communications (GSM) system or code division multiple access (CDMA)
- GSM global system for mobile communications
- CDMA code division multiple access
- the base transceiver station (BTS) in the LTE system can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolved base station (evolved) in the LTE system.
- NodeB, NB base station
- WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
- evolved evolved base station
- NodeB eNB or eNodeB
- the network device can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and the future
- the network equipment in the 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc. are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- BBU baseband unit
- DU distributed unit
- the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
- the gNB may also include a radio unit (RU).
- CU implements some functions of gNB
- DU implements some functions of gNB, for example, CU implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions
- RRC radio resource control
- PDCP packet data convergence protocol
- DU implements wireless link Functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer, and physical (PHY) layer.
- RLC radio link control
- MAC media access control
- PHY physical
- the network device may be a CU node, or a DU node, or a device including a CU node and a DU node.
- the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
- the above-mentioned network equipment may also refer to a general term for all equipment on the network side.
- the multiple TRPs may be collectively referred to as network equipment.
- the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
- the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory).
- the operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating systems, Unix operating systems, Android operating systems, iOS operating systems, or windows operating systems.
- the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
- the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application can be provided in accordance with the embodiments of the application.
- the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or the network device that can call and execute the program.
- various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
- article of manufacture used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
- computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
- various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
- machine-readable medium may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
- the embodiments of this application can be applied to LTE systems and subsequent evolutionary systems such as 5G, etc., or other wireless communication systems that use various wireless access technologies, such as code division multiple access, frequency division multiple access, time division multiple access, and orthogonality.
- Frequency division multiple access, single carrier frequency division multiple access and other access technology systems are especially suitable for scenarios that require channel information feedback and/or apply secondary precoding technology, such as wireless networks using Massive MIMO technology, and distributed antennas Technology of wireless networks, etc.
- MIMO multiple-input multiple-output
- the antenna transmits and receives, thereby improving the communication quality. It can make full use of space resources and achieve multiple transmissions and multiple receptions through multiple antennas. Without increasing the spectrum resources and antenna transmission power, the system channel capacity can be doubled.
- the parameters used to determine the uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment are configured by the network equipment.
- the purpose of uplink power control is to make the power of the signal sent by the terminal device reach the network device to meet the receiving condition of the network device.
- the network device requires the power of the signal sent by the terminal device to reach the network device to be P0. Since the distance between each terminal device and the network device is different, the terminal device needs to estimate the path loss (pathloss, PL) in signal transmission to adjust the uplink transmission power.
- path loss path loss
- path loss estimation of path loss is abbreviated as "path loss estimation”.
- the transmit power and P0 of the network device are configured by the network device.
- the path loss reference signal may also be referred to as a path loss estimation reference signal.
- the terminal device can adjust the transmission power based on the path loss estimation value obtained above.
- the network equipment needs to be configured with PL RS so that the terminal equipment can track. Tracking includes periodic measurement and maintenance of the path loss measurement results corresponding to each PL RS.
- PL RS is a periodic reference signal
- PL RS is a general term for reference signals used for path loss estimation.
- the reference signal used for path loss estimation may be, for example, a synchronization signal block (SS/PBCH block, SSB) or channel status information reference signal (Channel status information reference signal, CSI-RS).
- SS/PBCH block synchronization signal block
- CSI-RS channel status information reference signal
- Version 15 allows network devices to be configured with a maximum of 4 PL RSs.
- the terminal should track the PL RS configured by all network devices, so that the network device can make dynamic adjustments. That is, the network device dynamically indicates one of the four PL RSs, and the terminal device can adjust its transmission power immediately.
- version 16 allows network devices to configure a maximum of 64 PL RSs. In order not to increase the measurement and maintenance burden of the terminal equipment, the terminal equipment still only needs to track 4 of the PL RSs.
- a network device dynamically indicates a PL RS, if it is a PL RS that the terminal device has not tracked, the terminal device needs an extra period of time to measure the PL RS, and then determine the path loss estimate and the transmission power; if this is For a PL RS tracked by a terminal device, since the terminal device always maintains the estimated path loss, the terminal device can immediately adjust the transmission power without measuring.
- the network device cannot know which PL RSs are tracked by the terminal device. In this way, for a PL RS, if the network device always assumes that the terminal device does not track the PL RS, and the terminal device actually tracks the PL RS, unnecessary delay will occur; if the network device always assumes that the terminal device has tracked The PL RS, but the terminal device does not track the PL RS, and the terminal device cannot adjust the uplink transmission power in time as required. After the network device finds that the uplink transmission power of the terminal device has not been adjusted in time, it will repeat the transmission power adjustment instructions, resulting in communication. Make redundant.
- the embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for tracking reference signals, which can determine the reference signals tracked by terminal equipment based on specific rules, so that the terminal equipment and network equipment align which reference signals the terminal equipment tracks, which is beneficial to Improve the efficiency of network equipment adjusting uplink transmission power for terminal equipment, and save signaling overhead.
- pre-definition can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables, or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in devices (for example, including terminal devices and network devices). There is no limitation on its specific implementation.
- MAC-CE media access control-control element
- RRC radio resource control
- PDCCH physical downlink control channel
- PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
- CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
- the first, second, and various numerical numbers are only for easy distinction for description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, distinguish different reference signals, distinguish different information, and so on.
- the “protocols” involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to standard protocols in the communication field, for example, may include LTE protocol, NR protocol, and related protocols applied to future communication systems, which are not limited in this application.
- At least one refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more.
- And/or describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
- the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an “or” relationship.
- "The following at least one item (a)” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a).
- At least one of a, b, and c can mean: a, or b, or c, or a and b, or a and c, or b and c, or a, b and c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
- the technical solution of the present application can be applied to a wireless communication system, for example, the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1.
- a wireless communication connection relationship between two communication devices in the wireless communication system and one of the two communication devices may correspond to the terminal device 120 shown in FIG. 1, for example, it may be as shown in FIG.
- the terminal device shown may also be a chip configured in the terminal device; the other communication device of the two communication devices may correspond to the network device 110 shown in FIG. 1, for example, it may be the chip shown in FIG.
- the network device may also be a chip configured in the network device.
- FIG. 2 shows a schematic flowchart of a method 200 for tracking a reference signal provided by an embodiment of the present application. This method can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1, but the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
- the method 200 includes:
- the network device sends first information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first information correspondingly; the first information is used to indicate whether the default mode is turned on. In the default mode, the terminal device is related to the downlink control channel.
- the reference signal determines the reference signal to be tracked.
- the network device sends second information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second information; the second information is used to configure multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
- the terminal device tracks the reference signal determined based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, and does not track the multiple path loss estimation reference signals configured by the second information. In other words, if the default mode is enabled, the terminal device can determine the reference signal to be tracked based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, and ignore the path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the second information.
- the method further includes: if the default mode is not enabled, the terminal device tracks the reference signal determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals, and does not track the reference signal related to the downlink control channel. In other words, if the default mode is not enabled, the terminal device can determine the reference signal to be tracked based on the path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the second information, and ignore the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
- the terminal device may determine the reference signal tracked by the terminal device according to whether the default mode is turned on. Since whether the default mode is turned on is notified by the network device to the terminal device through the first information, the network device may also determine the reference signal tracked by the terminal device according to whether the default mode is turned on. Specifically, the network device indicates to the terminal device whether the default mode is enabled.
- the terminal device can determine the reference signal to be tracked according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, that is, the terminal device tracking is based on the downlink control channel
- the reference signal determined by the related reference signal does not track the multiple path loss estimation reference signals configured by the network device through the second information; when the default mode is not turned on, the terminal device can track multiple paths configured based on the second information.
- the reference signal determined by the loss estimation reference signal does not track the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
- both the network device and the terminal device can determine which reference signals are the reference signals to be tracked according to whether the default mode is turned on, so that the terminal device and the network device align which reference signals the terminal device has tracked. If the network device subsequently needs the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power, it can determine an appropriate reference signal and indicate the reference signal to the terminal device. If the reference signal is one of the reference signals tracked by the terminal device, since the terminal device always maintains the estimated path loss corresponding to the reference signal, the uplink transmission power can be adjusted in time without unnecessary adjustments.
- the terminal device can use an extra period of time to track the reference signal indicated by the network device, obtain the path loss estimate, and then adjust the uplink transmission power. Since the network device knows that the terminal device has not tracked the reference signal and needs an extra period of time to adjust, the network device will not repeatedly send power adjustment instructions, and there will be no signaling redundancy.
- the method for tracking reference signals in the embodiments of the present application determines the reference signals tracked by the terminal device based on specific rules, so that the terminal device and the network device align which reference signals the terminal device tracks, which is beneficial to improve the network device as a terminal device. Adjust the efficiency of uplink transmission power and save signaling overhead.
- the aforementioned default mode refers to a reference mode specified by the protocol without an explicit indication.
- the terminal device can determine the reference signal to be tracked according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel. Since the default mode is used to determine the reference signal to be tracked when the terminal device adjusts the transmit power, the default mode can also be referred to as the "default transmit power determination mode", or the "first mode", or other The name is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
- the above-mentioned "reference signal related to the downlink control channel” specifically refers to: the transmission configuration indication (transmission configuration indication, TCI) state (TCI-state) of the control resource set (control resource set, CORESET) with the smallest index.
- -co-location, QCL) reference signal resources of type D QCL-Type D
- QCL quasi-co-location
- QCL-Type D the quasi-co-location hypothesis of the control resource set (control resource set, CORESET) with the smallest index QCL-Type D (QCL-Type D) reference signal resource.
- the above-mentioned default mode is any one of the following: a first default mode, a second default mode, or a third default mode; wherein, in the first default mode, the terminal device according to the downlink control channel related The reference signal determines the reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; in the second default mode, the terminal device determines the reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel; In the third default mode, the terminal device determines a reference signal to be tracked of a sounding reference signal (SRS) according to a reference signal related to a downlink control channel.
- SRS sounding reference signal
- the first default mode may be used for the terminal device to determine the reference signal to be tracked of the PUSCH according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel. If the first default mode is enabled, the terminal device can determine the reference signal to be tracked based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel; if the first default mode is not enabled, the terminal device cannot determine the reference signal to be tracked based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel Therefore, when the first default mode is configured, the network device also configures multiple path loss estimation reference signals through the above-mentioned second information. When the first default mode is not enabled, the terminal device can be based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals. The path loss estimation reference signal determines the reference signal to be tracked.
- the PUSCH may be a PUSCH scheduled by DCI format 0_0.
- the first default mode may be recorded as enableDefaultBeamPlForPUSCH0_0, for PUSCH scheduled by DCI format 0_0. It should be noted that in addition to the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI of the DCI format 0_0, there are also the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI of the DCI format 0_1.
- the terminal device For the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI of the DCI format 0_0, when the first default mode is turned on, the terminal device can The reference signal to be tracked is determined according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel; and for the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI of the DCI format 0_1, the terminal device can follow the uplink scheduling request indication (schduling request indication, SRI) field in the DCI of the DCI format 0_1 Determine the reference signal that the network device requires the terminal device to track.
- SRI uplink scheduling request indication
- the second default mode may be used for the terminal device to determine the PUCCH reference signal to be tracked according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
- the second default mode may be recorded as enableDefaultBeamPlForPUCCH, for dedicated PUCCH.
- the third default mode may be used for the terminal device to determine the reference signal to be tracked of the SRS according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
- the third default mode may be recorded as enableDefaultBeamPlForSRS, for dedicated SRS.
- these default modes may also have other names, that is, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the names of the first default mode, the second default mode, and the third default mode.
- the specific signaling that the first default mode is turned on is embodied as the enableDefaultBeamPlForPUSCH0_0 field whose value is ON or enable; the specific signaling that the first default mode is not turned on is embodied as enableDefaultBeamPlForPUSCH0_0
- the value of the field is OFF or disable, or the entire field is not configured (absent), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the second default mode is similar to the third default mode, and will not be listed here.
- the following describes in detail how the terminal device determines the reference signal to be tracked when the default mode is not turned on.
- the terminal device can track the reference signal determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals configured by the second information, and not the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
- the number of reference signals that can be tracked by the terminal device is limited (for example, the terminal device can track up to 4 reference signals)
- the terminal device can select the reference signal to be tracked from the multiple path loss estimation reference signals in the following manner.
- the terminal device can select the M path loss estimation reference signals with the smallest identifier or the largest identifier among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
- the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are the M path loss estimation reference signals with the smallest identification among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; or, the The reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are the M path loss estimation reference signals with the largest identifiers among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; where M is a predefined or the terminal device sends to the A positive integer reported by the network device.
- ID can also be replaced with an index (index), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the path loss estimation reference signal configured by the network device is a CSI-RS
- the terminal device can select M CSI-RSs with the smallest or largest identities as the reference signals to be tracked.
- the path loss estimation reference signal configured by the network device is the SSB
- the terminal device may select the M SSBs with the smallest or largest identification as the reference signals to be tracked.
- the path loss estimation reference signal configured by the network device includes CSI-RS and SSB, and the terminal device can select CSI-RS first, then SSB, or, select SSB first, and then CSI-RS.
- each path loss estimation reference signal will be assigned an identifier (for example, PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, or PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, or SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id).
- PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id is the identifier of the path loss estimation reference signal of PUSCH
- PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id is the identifier of the path loss estimation reference signal of PUCCH
- SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id is the identifier of the path loss estimation reference signal of SRS.
- Each type of reference signal can also have its own identity.
- the identity of the 3 SSBs configured by the network device for the terminal device (for example, SSB-Index) can be 0 ⁇ 2, and the 5 CSI-Index configured by the network device for the terminal device.
- the identifier of the RS (for example, NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId) can be 0-4. Therefore, the foregoing terminal device selects the M reference signals with the smallest or largest identifier, which may be the smallest or largest M reference signals selected by PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id (or PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, or SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id).
- each PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id can be associated with one SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId.
- the terminal device can also select M reference signals with the smallest or largest SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId.
- the terminal device can select according to a certain agreed order.
- the terminal device can first select PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id according to PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id.
- PathlossReferenceRS select PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS according to PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, or first select PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS according to PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, and then select PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS according to PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id.
- the terminal device can follow the PUSCH first, then PUCCH, and then The order of SRS is selected, or selected in the order of PUSCH first, SRS second, and PUCCH second, or in other order, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the above-mentioned identifier may be at least one of the following: PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId, SSB-Index or NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId, which is the case in the embodiment of this application. Not limited.
- the terminal device may select the smallest PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id or The largest M reference signals are used as the reference signals tracked by the terminal device; for the second default mode, that is, for PUCCH, the terminal device can select the M reference signals with the smallest or largest PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id as the reference signals tracked by the terminal device. Reference signal; For the third default mode, that is, for SRS, the terminal device can select M reference signals with the smallest or largest SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id as the reference signals tracked by the terminal device.
- the network device should ensure the same path loss estimation reference signal identifier (for example, PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS).
- the reference signals of PathlossReferenceRS-Id, PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id and SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id also have the same resource identifier (for example, SSB-Index or NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId). That is to say, the same path loss estimation reference signal identifier indicates the same reference signal.
- the network device configures PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS and SRS-PathlossReferenceRS for the terminal device, and the M reference signals determined by the terminal device according to the PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id are the same as the M reference signals determined by the terminal device according to the SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id.
- the terminal device does not need to track different M reference signals separately for each uplink channel or signal, which reduces the complexity and power consumption of the terminal device.
- the terminal device can select the M path loss estimation reference signals with the longest transmission period or the shortest transmission period among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
- the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are M path loss estimation reference signals with the shortest transmission period among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; or, The reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are M path loss estimation reference signals with the longest transmission period among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; where M is a predefined or the terminal device A positive integer reported to the network device.
- the aforementioned path loss estimation reference signal is sent by the network device to the terminal device. Therefore, for the terminal device, the aforementioned transmission period may also be referred to as a measurement period. The two are equivalent. The name is not limited.
- the path loss estimation reference signal configured by the network device is a CSI-RS
- the terminal device can select M CSI-RSs with the longest transmission period or the shortest transmission period as the reference signals to be tracked.
- the path loss estimation reference signal configured by the network device is an SSB
- the terminal device may select M SSBs with the longest or shortest transmission period as the reference signals to be tracked.
- the path loss estimation reference signal configured by the network device includes CSI-RS and SSB, and the terminal device can select CSI-RS first, then SSB, or, select SSB first, and then CSI-RS.
- the terminal device can select the SSB first, that is, select 4 SSBs with the longest transmission period or the 2 SSBs with the shortest transmission period from the 7 SSBs.
- M may be a predefined positive integer, or a positive integer reported by the terminal device to the network device.
- M may be reported to the network device by the terminal device through capability information (referred to herein as the second capability information), that is, the terminal device reports the second capability information to the network device, and the second capability information is used to indicate each CC
- the network equipment can determine the reference signal tracked by the terminal equipment according to M and the above-mentioned rules.
- the foregoing first information and second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling.
- the network device sends radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling to the terminal device, and the RRC signaling carries the foregoing first information and second information.
- RRC radio resource control
- the foregoing first information and second information may be separately sent by a network device within a certain time interval.
- the network device may send the first information to the terminal device first, and then send the second information to the terminal device.
- the terminal device starts a timer after receiving the first information, and detects whether the second information is received before the timer expires.
- the network device can determine the path loss estimation reference signal to be tracked according to the method of the embodiment of the present application; if the terminal device does not receive the second information before the timer expires, the network device can determine the path to be tracked in other ways
- the reference signal for path loss estimation is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the network device may first send the second information to the terminal device, and then send the first information to the terminal device, the terminal device starts a timer after receiving the second information, and detects whether the first information is received before the timer expires, If the first information is received, the network device can determine the path loss estimation reference signal to be tracked according to the method of the embodiment of the present application; if the terminal device does not receive the first information before the timer expires, the network device can be based on the second information, Determine the reference signal to be tracked. In other words, the network device may consider that the default mode is not turned on without receiving the first information, and select the reference signal to be tracked from the multiple path loss estimation reference signals configured by the second information.
- the above method 200 further includes S240.
- the network device sends a reference signal to the terminal device.
- the reference signal includes the reference signal related to the downlink control channel and multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
- the terminal device can select the reference signal for tracking according to the above method, that is, measure the reference signal and maintain the path loss estimation value of the corresponding reference signal.
- the method 200 further includes:
- the network device sends third information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the third information; the third information is used to indicate the first reference signal;
- the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power based on the obtained path loss estimation value.
- the network device may send the third information to the terminal device, indicating the first reference signal.
- the first reference signal may be one reference signal or multiple reference signals, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the terminal device receives the third information, and adjusts the uplink transmission power of the terminal device according to the indication of the third information.
- the adjusted uplink transmission power takes effect after the first time period when the terminal device receives the third information. That is, the effective time of the adjusted uplink transmission power is: the time when the terminal device receives the third information plus the first time period.
- the terminal device can perform one or more of the following steps:
- the terminal device can continue to use the path loss estimation value of the path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the previous network device.
- the terminal device can continue to track the path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the previous network device.
- the terminal equipment can use a default path loss estimation reference signal path loss estimation value.
- the terminal equipment can track a default path loss estimation reference signal.
- the "previous path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the network device” refers to: before the terminal device receives the third information from the network device, the network device indicates the path loss estimation reference signal to the terminal device through other information.
- the above-mentioned “default path loss estimation reference signal” may be a reference signal in a random access process, or a path loss estimation reference signal last used by a terminal device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
- the first time period is X; or, if all or all of the first reference signals are Part of the reference signal does not belong to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, then the first time period is X+T; where X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter, and T is the terminal device measuring the first The length of time the reference signal obtains the estimated path loss value.
- the terminal device may compare the first reference signal indicated by the third information with the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, and if the first reference signal belongs to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the terminal device
- the uplink transmission power of the terminal device can be adjusted directly according to the estimated path loss of the reference signal that has been maintained; if the first reference signal does not belong to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the terminal device needs an extra period of time (I.e., the above-mentioned T) to track the first reference signal to obtain an estimated path loss, and then adjust the uplink transmission power of the terminal device according to the obtained estimated path loss. Therefore, the adjusted uplink transmission power of the terminal device takes effect after the first time period when the terminal device receives the third information.
- T extra period of time
- X may be a predefined time length, a time length configured by a network device, or a time length reported by a terminal device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- X may be used for the terminal device to interpret the content of the third information, and to deliver the obtained path loss estimation value from the upper layer of the terminal device to the physical layer of the terminal device.
- X 5ms, where 3ms is used for the terminal device to interpret the content of the third information, and 2ms is used for the terminal device to deliver the obtained path loss estimation value from the upper layer of the terminal device to the physical layer of the terminal device.
- T is the time period for the terminal device to measure the first reference signal to obtain the path loss estimate.
- T may be the time period for the terminal device to measure the first reference signal to obtain multiple (for example, 5) measurement samples.
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
- the foregoing third information may be MAC-CE signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the above method further includes: the terminal device sends first capability information and/or second capability information to the network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate the maximum configurable capacity supported by each carrier component CC The number of path loss estimation reference signals, and the second capability information is used to indicate the maximum trackable number of path loss estimation reference signals supported by each CC.
- the network device can determine the number of multiple path loss estimation reference signals configured by the second information according to the first capability information reported by the terminal device. It should be understood that the number of the multiple path loss estimation reference signals is less than or equal to the number reported by the terminal device in the above-mentioned first capability information.
- the above method further includes: the terminal device sends third capability information and/or fourth capability information to the network device, where the third capability information is used to indicate the maximum configurable path loss estimation supported by the terminal device The number of reference signals, where the fourth capability information is used to indicate the number of maximum trackable path loss estimation reference signals supported by the terminal device.
- the number of maximum configurable path loss estimation reference signals supported by the terminal device may be the sum of the number of maximum configurable path loss estimation reference signals supported by all CCs, and the maximum traceable path loss estimation reference signal supported by the terminal device The number of signals may be the sum of the number of maximum trackable path loss estimation reference signals supported by all CCs.
- the network device can send RRC signaling to the terminal device, and the terminal device is configured with the following information through the RRC signaling:
- each carrier component can only have one BWP in the active mode.
- Each BWP of each CC can be configured with multiple CORESETs, and each CORESET is identified by its ID.
- CORESET ID is unique in CC.
- one or more TCI-states can be configured through tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList and tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList.
- each TCI-state contains 1 or 2 QCL types, and each QCL type corresponds to a reference signal.
- the reference signal corresponding to QCL type D can be used as the PL RS in the default mode.
- reference signals corresponding to other QCL types may also be used as PL RS in the default mode, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the terminal device can report to the network device whether it can support reference signals corresponding to other QCL types as the PL RS in the default mode; or the terminal device can support reference signals corresponding to other QCL types as the PL RS in the default mode
- the reference signal corresponding to other QCL types is reported to the network device, and the PL RS in the default mode is not reported to the network device if the reference signal corresponding to other QCL types is not supported as the PL RS in the default mode
- the network device defaults that the terminal device supports the reference signal corresponding to the QCL type D as the PL RS in the default mode.
- the configuration information of the path loss estimation reference signal PL RS (that is, the above-mentioned second information).
- the network device can configure a maximum of 64 PL RS.
- the maximum configurable number of PL RSs can be limited by the parameter maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs.
- the number of PL RS configurable by the network device should not be greater than the maximum configurable number of PL RS supported by each CC reported by the terminal device through the first capability information.
- each PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id can be associated with one SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId, which can be specifically configured as follows:
- the value of the enablePLRSupdateForPUSCHSRS field is ON or enable, which means it is enabled; the value of the enablePLRSupdateForPUSCHSRS field is OFF or disable, or the entire field is not configured (absent) , Which means it is not turned on.
- the update of PL RS through MAC-CE is enabled.
- the network device sends a reference signal to the terminal device, and the terminal device can determine whether the default mode is enabled according to the above method, and further determine the reference signal to be tracked, so as to track the reference signal for path loss estimation. Specifically, if the first information indicates that the default mode is enabled, the terminal device does not track the PL RS configured through PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS, and tracks the reference signal related to the downlink control channel for path loss estimation (If default pathloss mode was enabled, UE is not required) to track any additional pathloss RS other than default pathloss RS); if the first information indicates that the default mode is not enabled, the terminal device tracks the PL RS configured through PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS for path loss estimation, and does not track reference signals related to the downlink control channel.
- the terminal device may determine M reference signals to be tracked according to the above method (selected according to the identification or transmission period).
- M 4, if the number of configured PL RS is greater than 4, the terminal device only needs to track the 4 PL SRs with the smallest ID.
- the identifier here can be the above PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId, SSB -At least one of Index or NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId, which will not be repeated here.
- the network device can send MAC-CE signaling to the terminal device, indicating a reference signal, and the terminal device receives the MAC-CE signaling and determines whether the reference signal belongs to the terminal.
- the reference signal tracked by the equipment obtains the estimated path loss and adjusts the uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment.
- the method for tracking reference signals in the embodiments of the present application determines the reference signals tracked by the terminal device based on specific rules, so that the terminal device and the network device align which reference signals the terminal device tracks, which is conducive to improving the network device to adjust the uplink transmission for the terminal device. Power efficiency saves signaling overhead.
- the network device sends MAC CE to the terminal device, which is a
- the aperiodic or semi-persistent SRS resource set indicates SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, which corresponds to a resource identifier q d of a reference signal.
- the terminal device If the SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id received by the terminal device is greater than 3, and the terminal device is not configured with the default mode of SRS (that is, the third default mode enableDefaultBeamPlForSRS), then the terminal device The first time slot of 2 milliseconds after that starts to apply the MAC CE configuration, where k is the time slot for the terminal device to send the HARQ-ACK for the MAC CE, and ⁇ is the system parameter indicator used to send the HARQ-ACK (Exemplarily, Equivalent to the above X, equal to 3 milliseconds), T pathloss is the time required to obtain the fifth measurement sample of the path loss estimation reference signal when the TCI state of the path loss estimation reference signal is known (T pathloss is equivalent to the above T, the fifth measurement sample is just an example).
- a MAC CE can provide by SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id a corresponding RS resource index q d for aperiodic or semi-persistent SRS resource set q s .
- the UE applies the activation command in the first slot that is 2ms after slot where k is the slot where the UE would transmit a PUCCH with HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH providing the activation command, ⁇ is the SCS configuration for the PUCCH and T pathloss is time for 5th measurement sample of the pathloss RS if the TCI state of the pathloss RS is known as described in[10,TS 38.133].)
- Examples of PUSCH and PUCCH are similar to the above-mentioned SRS example, and will not be repeated here.
- FIG. 3 shows a schematic flowchart of a method 300 for tracking a reference signal provided by an embodiment of the present application. This method can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1, but the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
- the method 300 includes:
- the network device sends first information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first information correspondingly; the first information is used to configure L basic path loss estimation reference signals, where L is a positive value less than or equal to 4. Integer.
- the network device sends second information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the second information correspondingly; the second information is used to configure K additional path loss estimation reference signals, and the K additional path loss estimates
- the reference signal is different from the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and K is a positive integer.
- the terminal device tracks the aforementioned L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and does not track the aforementioned K additional path loss estimation reference signals.
- the network device may configure two types of path loss estimation reference signals for the terminal equipment, one type is the base path loss estimation reference signal, and the other type is the additional path loss estimation reference signal, where the additional path
- the loss estimation reference signal does not need to be tracked by the terminal device.
- the terminal device can only track the basic path loss estimation reference signal and align with the network device which reference signals the terminal device tracks. If the network device needs the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power immediately, it can instruct one of the reference signals tracked by the terminal device. Since the terminal device always maintains the path loss estimate corresponding to the reference signal, it can adjust the uplink transmission power in time.
- the network device can indicate the reference signal that the terminal device has not tracked, and the terminal device can use an extra period of time to track The reference signal indicated by the network device obtains the estimated path loss, and then adjusts the uplink transmission power. Since the network device knows that the terminal device has not tracked the reference signal and needs an extra period of time to adjust, the network device will not repeatedly send power adjustment instructions, and signaling redundancy will not occur.
- the method for tracking reference signals in the embodiments of the present application determines the reference signals tracked by the terminal device based on specific rules, so that the terminal device and the network device align which reference signals the terminal device tracks, which is beneficial to improve the network device as a terminal device. Adjust the efficiency of uplink transmission power and save signaling overhead.
- the aforementioned L basic path loss estimation reference signals are path loss estimation reference signals configured by the network device in R15 for the terminal device, and the number is less than or equal to 4.
- the embodiment of this application is based on the R15 standard and adds a piece of information for configuring an additional path loss estimation reference signal (that is, the second information).
- the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling.
- the network device sends radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling to the terminal device, and the RRC signaling carries the foregoing first information and second information.
- RRC radio resource control
- the first information may occupy a part of the field (for example, PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS), and the second information may occupy another part of the field (for example, PUSCH-AdditionalPathlossReferenceRS).
- the terminal device After receiving the signaling, the terminal device The first information and the second information can be identified according to the position of each field.
- the first information and the second information may be separately sent by a network device within a certain time interval.
- the network device may send the first information to the terminal device first, and then send the second information to the terminal device.
- the terminal device starts a timer after receiving the first information, and detects whether the second information is received before the timer expires.
- the network device can determine the path loss estimation reference signal to be tracked according to the method of the embodiment of this application; if the terminal device does not receive the second information before the timer expires, the network device can determine based on the first information
- the path loss estimation reference signal to be tracked is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the network device may first send the second information to the terminal device, and then send the first information to the terminal device, the terminal device starts a timer after receiving the second information, and detects whether the first information is received before the timer expires, If the first information is received, the network device can determine the path loss estimation reference signal to be tracked according to the method of the embodiment of the present application; if the terminal device does not receive the first information before the timer expires, the network device can be based on the second information, Determine the reference signal to be tracked.
- the above method 300 further includes S340.
- the network device sends a reference signal to the terminal device.
- the reference signal includes the foregoing L basic path loss estimation reference signals.
- the reference signal may also include the foregoing reference signal. K additional path loss estimation reference signals.
- the terminal device can select the reference signal for tracking according to the above method, that is, measure the reference signal and maintain the path loss estimation value of the corresponding reference signal.
- the method 300 further includes:
- the network device sends third information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the third information; the third information is used to indicate the first reference signal;
- the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power based on the obtained path loss estimation value.
- the network device may send the third information to the terminal device, indicating the first reference signal.
- the first reference signal may be one reference signal or multiple reference signals, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the terminal device receives the third information, and adjusts the uplink transmission power of the terminal device according to the indication of the third information.
- the adjusted uplink transmission power takes effect after the first time period when the terminal device receives the third information.
- the terminal device can perform one or more of the following steps:
- the terminal device can continue to use the path loss estimation value of the path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the previous network device.
- the terminal device can continue to track the path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the previous network device.
- the terminal equipment can use a default path loss estimation reference signal path loss estimation value.
- the terminal equipment can track a default path loss estimation reference signal.
- the "previous path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the network device” refers to: before the terminal device receives the third information from the network device, the network device indicates the path loss estimation reference signal to the terminal device through other information.
- the above-mentioned “default path loss estimation reference signal” may be a reference signal in a random access process, or a path loss estimation reference signal last used by a terminal device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
- the first time period is X; or, if all or all of the first reference signals are Part of the reference signal does not belong to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, then the first time period is X+T; where X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter, and T is the terminal device measuring the first The length of time the reference signal obtains the estimated path loss value.
- the terminal device may compare the first reference signal indicated by the third information with the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, and if the first reference signal belongs to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the terminal device
- the uplink transmission power of the terminal device can be adjusted directly according to the estimated path loss of the reference signal that has been maintained; if the first reference signal does not belong to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the terminal device needs an extra period of time (I.e., the above-mentioned T) to track the first reference signal to obtain an estimated path loss, and then adjust the uplink transmission power of the terminal device according to the obtained estimated path loss. Therefore, the adjusted uplink transmission power of the terminal device takes effect after the first time period when the terminal device receives the third information.
- T extra period of time
- the foregoing X may be a predefined time length, or a time length configured by a network device, or a time length reported by a terminal device, for example, it may be 3 ms, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the foregoing third information may be MAC-CE signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the above method further includes: the terminal device sends first capability information to the network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate the maximum configurable additional path loss estimation reference signal supported by each carrier component CC Number of.
- the network device can determine the number of K additional path loss estimation reference signals configured by the second information according to the first capability information reported by the terminal device. It should be understood that the number K of the K path loss estimation reference signals is less than or equal to the number reported by the terminal device in the above-mentioned first capability information.
- the network device can send RRC signaling to the terminal device, and the terminal device is configured with the following information through the RRC signaling:
- Configuration information of the basic path loss estimation reference signal PL RS (that is, the above-mentioned first information).
- the network device can configure a maximum of 4 PL RS.
- the maximum configurable number of basic PL RSs can be limited by the parameter maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs.
- the number of PL RS configurable by the network device should not be greater than the maximum configurable number of PL RS supported by each CC reported by the terminal device through the first capability information.
- the configuration information of the additional path loss estimation reference signal PL RS (that is, the above-mentioned second information), for example, an information element (IE) can be added for the configuration of the additional PL RS.
- This additional PL RS may also be called an additional PL RS.
- the cell name is PUSCH-AdditionalPathlossReferenceRS, and Additionalpusch-PathlossReferenceRS-Id is used as its identifier. Since the PL RS may be an SSB or a CSI-RS, which SSB or which CSI-RS is specifically may be identified by its ID or index.
- maxNrofAdditionalPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs represents the maximum configurable number of additional PL RSs.
- the sum of maxNrofAdditionalPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs and maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs is less than or equal to the maximum configurable PLRS number of the network device. For example, if the maximum number of PL RSs that can be configured by a network device is 64, and maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs is 4, then maxNrofAdditionalPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs is equal to 60.
- the number of PL RS configurable by the network equipment should not be greater than the maximum configurable PL RS supported by each CC reported by the terminal equipment and the maximum configurable additional PL supported by each CC The sum of RS numbers.
- the value of the enablePLRSupdateForPUSCHSRS field is ON or enable, which means it is enabled; the value of the enablePLRSupdateForPUSCHSRS field is OFF or disable, or the entire field is not configured (absent) , Which means it is not turned on.
- the update of PL RS through MAC-CE is enabled.
- the network device sends a reference signal to the terminal device, and the terminal device can determine whether the default mode is enabled according to the above method, and further determine the reference signal to be tracked, so as to track the reference signal for path loss estimation. Specifically, if the first information indicates that the default mode is enabled, the terminal device does not track the PL RS configured through PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS, and tracks the reference signal related to the downlink control channel for path loss estimation; if the first information indicates that the default mode is not enabled, then The terminal device tracks the PL RS configured by PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS for path loss estimation, and does not track reference signals related to the downlink control channel.
- the terminal device may determine M reference signals to be tracked according to the above method (selected according to the identification or transmission period), I won't repeat them here.
- the network device can send MAC-CE signaling to the terminal device, indicating a reference signal, and the terminal device receives the MAC-CE signaling and determines whether the reference signal belongs to the terminal.
- the reference signal tracked by the equipment obtains the estimated path loss and adjusts the uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment.
- the method for tracking reference signals in the embodiments of the present application determines the reference signals tracked by the terminal device based on specific rules, so that the terminal device and the network device align which reference signals the terminal device tracks, which is conducive to improving the network device to adjust the uplink transmission for the terminal device. Power efficiency saves signaling overhead.
- the method 200 and the method 300 described above are configured to distinguish multiple path loss estimation reference signals, or preset rules to select a part of the reference signals as the reference signals to be tracked. In this way, the network device and the terminal device can align which reference signals the terminal device has tracked, so as to align the behavior of the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power.
- the embodiment of the present application also provides a method to start a timer, and the network device may prohibit sending information related to uplink power and power control for a period of time after sending the third information (for example, MAC-CE signaling), or the terminal Within a period of time after the device receives the third information, it ignores the power adjustment signaling re-sent by the network device.
- the third information for example, MAC-CE signaling
- the network device may configure the timer and its time length to the terminal device through RRC signaling (or other signaling).
- This timer may be called a PL RS update prohibit timer, or other names, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the network device may also send the first information, the second information, etc. in the foregoing method 200 or method 300 to the terminal device, which will not be repeated here.
- the network device sends a reference signal to the terminal device, and the terminal device determines the reference signal to be tracked by itself (the embodiment of the application considers that the network device does not know which reference signals the terminal device tracks), and tracks the reference signal to estimate the path loss.
- the network device needs to control the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power, it sends the third information (same method 200 or method 300) to the terminal device through MAC-CE signaling to indicate the first reference signal.
- the terminal device receives the third information, starts the timer, and determines the time to adjust the uplink transmission power according to whether the first reference signal belongs to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, that is, if the first reference signal belongs to the terminal device For the tracked reference signal, the uplink transmission power can be adjusted immediately according to the maintained path loss estimate. If the first reference signal does not belong to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the tracking measurement can be performed first to obtain the path loss of the first reference signal After the estimated value, adjust the uplink transmission power. It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, since the network device does not know which reference signals the terminal device tracks, the behavior of the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power belongs to the implementation behavior of the terminal device, and the network device is agnostic.
- timer may be started by a terminal device or a network device, or both the terminal device and the network device may be started, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the network device may start the timer at the moment when the third information is sent, or at the moment when it receives the confirmation message sent by the terminal device for the correct reception of the third information. Not limited.
- the terminal device may start the timer at the moment when the third information is received, or at the moment when the confirmation information for the correct reception of the third information is sent to the network device, this embodiment of the application does not do this. limited.
- the network device From the perspective of the network device, after the network device sends the third information, if the uplink transmission power of the terminal device meets the demand, there is no need to adjust again, and it can be considered that the third information is correctly and timely applied. If the transmission power of the terminal device does not meet the demand, due to the timer limitation, the network device will not repeatedly send power adjustment commands. Instead, it can be considered that the terminal device has not yet obtained a stable path loss estimate and is measuring the reference signal and Make adjustments. Therefore, the method in the embodiments of the present application gives the terminal device the greatest degree of freedom in implementation, avoids repeated reconfiguration of the network device, and saves signaling overhead.
- the start time of the timer may also be the last time the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power. That is to say, every time the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power, it maintains the uplink transmission power for a period of time to avoid adjusting too frequently.
- FIG. 4 shows an apparatus 400 for tracking a reference signal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the apparatus 400 may be a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device.
- the device 400 may be a network device or a chip in a network device.
- the device 400 includes: a transceiver unit 410 and a processing unit 420.
- the apparatus 400 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the terminal device in the above method 200.
- the transceiver unit 410 is configured to receive first information from a network device, where the first information is used to indicate whether the default mode is enabled, and in the default mode, the device determines the to-be-tracked reference signal according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel. Reference signal; and receiving second information from the network device, where the second information is used to configure multiple path loss estimation reference signals; the processing unit 420 is configured to: if the default mode is enabled, tracking is based on the downlink The reference signal determined by the reference signal related to the control channel does not track the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
- the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling.
- the processing unit 420 is further configured to: if the default mode is not enabled, track the reference signal determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals, and not track the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
- the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are the M path loss estimation reference signals with the smallest identification among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; or, the reference signal is based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
- the reference signals determined by each path loss estimation reference signal are the M path loss estimation reference signals with the largest identifier among the plurality of path loss estimation reference signals; where M is a predefined value or a positive value reported by the device to the network device. Integer.
- the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are M path loss estimation reference signals with the shortest transmission period among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; or, the reference signal is based on the The reference signals determined by the plurality of path loss estimation reference signals are the M path loss estimation reference signals with the longest transmission period among the plurality of path loss estimation reference signals; where M is predefined or the device sends to the network device The reported positive integer.
- the transceiving unit 410 is further configured to: receive third information from the network device, where the third information is used to indicate the first reference signal; the processing unit 420 is further configured to: according to the apparatus Obtain a path loss estimate value based on the tracked reference signal and/or the first reference signal; adjust the uplink transmission power of the apparatus based on the path loss estimate, where the adjusted uplink transmission power is in the apparatus It takes effect after the first time period when the third information is received.
- the first time period is X; or, if all or part of the reference signal in the first reference signal is not If it belongs to the reference signal tracked by the terminal equipment, the first time period is X+T; where X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter, and T is the path loss obtained by the device by measuring the first reference signal The duration of the estimate.
- the default mode is any one of the following: a first default mode, a second default mode, or a third default mode; wherein, in the first default mode, the apparatus according to the downlink control channel related The reference signal determines the reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; in the second default mode, the device determines the reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel; In the third default mode, the apparatus determines the reference signal to be tracked of the sounding reference signal SRS according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
- the transceiving unit 410 is further configured to: send first capability information and/or second capability information to the network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate the maximum configurability supported by each carrier component CC
- the second capability information is used to indicate the number of maximum trackable path loss estimation reference signals supported by each CC.
- the apparatus 400 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the network device in the above method 200.
- the transceiver unit 410 is configured to send first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate whether the default mode is enabled, and in the default mode, the terminal device determines the to-be-tracked reference signal according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel. Reference signal; and, sending second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to configure multiple path loss estimation reference signals; the processing unit 420 is configured to: if the default mode is enabled, determine that the terminal device tracks The reference signal of is a reference signal determined based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, and the reference signal that is not tracked is the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
- the first information and the second information are sent by the apparatus through the same signaling.
- the processing unit 420 is further configured to: if the default mode is not enabled, determine that the reference signal tracked by the terminal device is a reference signal determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals, and a reference signal that is not tracked The signal is a reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
- the transceiving unit 410 is further configured to: before sending the second information to the terminal device, receive first capability information from the terminal device, where the first capability information is used to indicate each carrier component
- the maximum configurable number of path loss estimation reference signals supported by the CC the processing unit 420 is further configured to: determine the number of the multiple path loss estimation reference signals according to the first capability information.
- the transceiving unit 410 is further configured to: receive second capability information from the terminal device, where the second capability information is used to indicate the maximum trackable path loss estimation reference signal supported by each CC Number of.
- the apparatus 400 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the terminal device in the above method 300.
- the transceiver unit 410 is configured to: receive first information from a network device, where the first information is used to configure L basic path loss estimation reference signals, where L is a positive integer less than or equal to 4; and, receive from the network
- the second information of the device the second information is used to configure K additional path loss estimation reference signals, the K additional path loss estimation reference signals are different from the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, K Is a positive integer
- the processing unit 420 is configured to track the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and not track the K additional path loss estimation reference signals.
- the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling.
- the transceiving unit 410 is further configured to: receive third information from the network device, where the third information is used to indicate the first reference signal; the processing unit 420 is further configured to: according to the apparatus Obtain a path loss estimate value based on the tracked reference signal and/or the first reference signal; adjust the uplink transmission power of the apparatus based on the path loss estimate, where the adjusted uplink transmission power is in the apparatus It takes effect after the first time period when the third information is received.
- the first time period is X; or, if all or part of the reference signals in the first reference signal If the signal does not belong to the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, the first time period is X+T; where X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter, and T is the first reference signal measured by the device The length of time for the signal to obtain the estimated path loss value.
- the transceiver unit 410 is further configured to send first capability information to the network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate the maximum configurable additional path loss estimation reference supported by each carrier component CC The number of signals.
- the apparatus 400 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the network device in the above method 300.
- the transceiver unit 410 is configured to: send first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to configure L basic path loss estimation reference signals, where L is a positive integer less than or equal to 4; and, send to the terminal device
- the second information the second information is used to configure K additional path loss estimation reference signals, the K additional path loss estimation reference signals are different from the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and K is positive Integer
- the processing unit 420 is configured to determine that the reference signals tracked by the terminal device are the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and the untracked reference signals are the K additional path loss estimation reference signals.
- the first information and the second information are sent by the apparatus through the same signaling.
- the transceiving unit 410 is further configured to: before sending the second information to the terminal device, receive first capability information sent by the terminal device, where the first capability information is used to indicate each carrier component The maximum configurable number of additional path loss estimation reference signals supported by the CC; the processing unit 420 is further configured to: determine the number of the K additional path loss estimation reference signals according to the first capability information.
- the device 400 here is embodied in the form of a functional unit.
- the term "unit” here can refer to application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), electronic circuits, processors used to execute one or more software or firmware programs (such as shared processors, proprietary processors, or groups). Processor, etc.) and memory, merged logic circuits, and/or other suitable components that support the described functions.
- ASICs application specific integrated circuits
- the apparatus 400 may be specifically a terminal device or a network device in the foregoing embodiment, and the apparatus 400 may be used to execute each of the terminal devices or network devices in the foregoing method embodiment. To avoid repetition, the process and/or steps will not be repeated here.
- the apparatus 400 of each of the foregoing solutions has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the terminal device or the network device in the foregoing method; the function may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
- the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
- the above-mentioned transceiver unit 410 may include a sending unit and a receiving unit.
- the sending unit may be used to implement various steps and/or procedures for performing the sending action corresponding to the above-mentioned transceiver unit, and the receiving unit may be used to implement the above-mentioned transceiver unit.
- the various steps and/or processes used to perform the receiving action can be replaced by a transmitter, and the receiving unit can be replaced by a receiver, respectively performing the receiving and sending operations and related processing operations in each method embodiment.
- the device 400 in FIG. 4 may also be a chip or a chip system, such as a system on chip (system on chip, SoC).
- the transceiver unit 410 may be the transceiver circuit of the chip, which is not limited here.
- FIG. 5 shows another device 500 for tracking a reference signal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the device 500 includes a processor 510, a transceiver 520, and a memory 530.
- the processor 510, the transceiver 520, and the memory 530 communicate with each other through an internal connection path.
- the memory 530 is used to store instructions, and the processor 510 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 530 to control the transceiver 520 to send signals and / Or receive the signal.
- the apparatus 500 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the terminal device in the above method 200.
- the processor 510 is configured to: receive first information from the network device through the transceiver 520, the first information is used to indicate whether the default mode is enabled, and in the default mode, the device is related to the downlink control channel.
- the reference signal to determine the reference signal to be tracked; and receiving second information from the network device, where the second information is used to configure multiple path loss estimation reference signals; if the default mode is enabled, tracking is based on the The reference signal determined by the reference signal related to the downlink control channel does not track the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
- the apparatus 500 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the network device in the above method 200.
- the processor 510 is configured to send first information to the terminal device through the transceiver 520, and the first information is used to indicate whether the default mode is enabled.
- the terminal device In the default mode, the terminal device is related to the downlink control channel. Determine the reference signal to be tracked by the reference signal; and send second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to configure multiple path loss estimation reference signals; if the default mode is enabled, determine the terminal device
- the tracked reference signal is a reference signal determined based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, and the untracked reference signal is the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
- the apparatus 500 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the terminal device in the above method 300.
- the processor 510 is configured to receive first information from a network device through the transceiver 520, the first information is used to configure L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and L is a positive integer less than or equal to 4; And, receiving second information from the network device, the second information being used to configure K additional path loss estimation reference signals, the K additional path loss estimation reference signals and the L basic path
- the loss estimation reference signals are different, and K is a positive integer; the L basic path loss estimation reference signals are tracked, and the K additional path loss estimation reference signals are not tracked.
- the apparatus 500 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the network device in the above method 300.
- the processor 510 is configured to: send first information to the terminal device through the transceiver 520, where the first information is used to configure L basic path loss estimation reference signals, where L is a positive integer less than or equal to 4; and , Sending second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to configure K additional path loss estimation reference signals, the K additional path loss estimation reference signals and the L basic path loss estimates
- the reference signals are different, and K is a positive integer; it is determined that the reference signals tracked by the terminal device are the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and the untracked reference signals are the K additional path loss estimation reference signals.
- the apparatus 500 may be specifically a terminal device or a network device in the foregoing embodiment, and may be used to execute various steps and/or processes corresponding to the terminal device or the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
- the memory 530 may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provide instructions and data to the processor. A part of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
- the memory can also store device type information.
- the processor 510 may be used to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor 510 executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor 510 is configured to execute each of the foregoing method embodiments corresponding to the terminal device or the network device. Steps and/or processes.
- the transceiver 520 may include a transmitter and a receiver, and the transmitter may be used to implement various steps and/or processes for performing the sending action corresponding to the above transceiver, and the receiver may be used to implement the corresponding use of the above transceiver. To perform the various steps and/or processes of the receiving action.
- the processor of the above-mentioned device may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), or application-specific integrated circuits. (ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
- the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
- each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
- the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software units in the processor.
- the software unit may be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
- the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor executes the instructions in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
- the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways.
- the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
- the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may also be electrical, mechanical or other forms of connection.
- the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
- the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
- the above-mentioned integrated unit can be realized in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
- the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
- the technical solution of this application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium. It includes several instructions to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
- the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes. .
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Provided in the present application are a method and apparatus for tracking a reference signal, which enable a terminal device and a network device to be aligned on which reference signals the terminal device has tracked, thereby improving the efficiency with which uplink transmit power is adjusted for the terminal device by the network device, and reducing signaling overhead. The method comprises: a terminal device receives first information from a network device, wherein the first information is used to indicate whether a default mode is enabled; and in the default mode, according to a reference signal related to a downlink control channel, the terminal device determines a reference signal to be tracked; and the terminal device receives second information from the network device, wherein the second information is used to configure multiple pathloss estimation reference signals; and if the default mode is enabled, the terminal device tracks a reference signal determined on the basis of the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, and does not track the multiple pathloss estimation reference signals.
Description
本申请涉及通信领域,特别涉及通信领域中的一种跟踪参考信号的方法和装置。This application relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a method and device for tracking reference signals in the field of communications.
在蜂窝网通信中,用于确定终端设备的上行发送功率的参数是由网络设备配置的。上行功率控制的目的是使得终端设备发送的信号到达网络设备时的功率满足网络设备的接收条件。由于每个终端设备与网络设备的距离是不同的,终端设备需要估计信号传输中的路径损耗(pathloss,PL),来调整上行发送功率。路径损耗简称为“路损”。为了进行上行发送功率的控制,网络设备需要配置路损参考信号(pathloss reference signal,PL RS),也称为路损估计参考信号,以便终端设备进行跟踪(track)。跟踪包括周期性的测量和维护各个PL RS对应的路损测量结果。In cellular network communication, the parameters used to determine the uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment are configured by the network equipment. The purpose of uplink power control is to make the power of the signal sent by the terminal device reach the network device to meet the receiving condition of the network device. Since the distance between each terminal device and the network device is different, the terminal device needs to estimate the path loss (pathloss, PL) in signal transmission to adjust the uplink transmission power. The path loss is referred to as "path loss" for short. In order to control the uplink transmit power, the network device needs to configure a path loss reference signal (pathloss reference signal, PL RS), also called a path loss estimation reference signal, so that the terminal device can track. Tracking includes periodic measurement and maintenance of the path loss measurement results corresponding to each PL RS.
考虑到终端设备的移动性带来的传输环境的变化,特别是在高频通信(例如毫米波通信)中,还需要考虑终端设备的发送波束和网络设备的接收波束的变化,网络设备配置的PL RS通常不止一个。版本15(release 15,R15)允许网络设备最多配置4个PL RS。终端应该跟踪所有网络设备配置的PL RS,这样便于网络设备进行动态的调整,即网络设备动态的指示4个PL RS中的一个,终端设备可以随即调整其发送功率。为了更好的支持高频通信中发送波束变化带来的发送功率变化需求,版本16(release 16,R16)允许网络设备最多配置64个PL RS。为了不增加终端设备的测量和维护负担,终端设备仍然只需跟踪其中的4个PL RS。当网络设备动态的指示一个PL RS时,如果这是一个终端设备没有跟踪的PL RS,终端设备需要一段额外的时间,来测量该PL RS,进而确定路损估计值,并调整发送功率;如果这是一个终端设备跟踪了的PL RS,由于终端设备一直维护着路损估计值,则终端设备可以立刻调整发送功率,无需再进行测量。Taking into account the changes in the transmission environment brought about by the mobility of terminal equipment, especially in high-frequency communications (such as millimeter wave communications), it is also necessary to consider the changes in the transmitting beam of the terminal equipment and the receiving beam of the network equipment, and the configuration of the network equipment PL RS usually has more than one. Version 15 (release 15, R15) allows network devices to be configured with a maximum of 4 PL RSs. The terminal should track the PL RS configured by all network devices, so that the network device can make dynamic adjustments. That is, the network device dynamically indicates one of the four PL RSs, and the terminal device can adjust its transmission power immediately. In order to better support the transmission power change demand caused by the transmission beam change in high-frequency communication, version 16 (release 16, R16) allows network devices to configure a maximum of 64 PL RSs. In order not to increase the measurement and maintenance burden of the terminal equipment, the terminal equipment still only needs to track 4 of the PL RSs. When a network device dynamically indicates a PL RS, if it is a PL RS that the terminal device has not tracked, the terminal device needs an extra period of time to measure the PL RS, determine the path loss estimate, and adjust the transmission power; if This is a PL RS tracked by the terminal device. Since the terminal device always maintains the path loss estimate, the terminal device can immediately adjust the transmission power without measuring.
上述R16的方法中,网络设备并无法获知终端设备跟踪了哪些PL RS。这样,对于一个PL RS而言,若网络设备总是假设终端设备没有跟踪该PL RS,终端设备实际跟踪了该PL RS,会出现不必要的时延;若网络设备总是假设终端设备跟踪了该PL RS,但是终端设备并没有跟踪该PL RS,终端设备不能按要求及时地调整上行发送功率,网络设备发现终端设备的上行发送功率没有及时调整后,会重复发送功率调整的指示,造成信令冗余。In the above-mentioned R16 method, the network device cannot know which PL RSs are tracked by the terminal device. In this way, for a PL RS, if the network device always assumes that the terminal device does not track the PL RS, and the terminal device actually tracks the PL RS, unnecessary delay will occur; if the network device always assumes that the terminal device has tracked The PL RS, but the terminal device does not track the PL RS, and the terminal device cannot adjust the uplink transmission power in time as required. After the network device finds that the uplink transmission power of the terminal device has not been adjusted in time, it will repeat the transmission power adjustment instructions, resulting in communication. Make redundant.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供了一种跟踪参考信号的方法和装置,能够基于特定规则确定终端设备跟踪的参考信号,从而使得终端设备和网络设备对齐终端设备跟踪了哪些参考信号,有利于提高网络设备为终端设备调整上行发送功率的效率,节省信令开销。This application provides a method and device for tracking reference signals, which can determine the reference signals tracked by the terminal device based on specific rules, so that the terminal device and the network device align which reference signals the terminal device tracks, which is beneficial to improve the network device as a terminal device. Adjust the efficiency of uplink transmission power and save signaling overhead.
第一方面,提供了一种跟踪参考信号的方法,包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示默认模式是否开启,在所述默认模式下,所述终端设备根 据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定待跟踪的参考信号;所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置多个路损估计参考信号;若所述默认模式开启,所述终端设备跟踪基于所述下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪所述多个路损估计参考信号。In a first aspect, a method for tracking a reference signal is provided, including: a terminal device receives first information from a network device, where the first information is used to indicate whether a default mode is enabled, and in the default mode, the terminal The device determines the reference signal to be tracked according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel; the terminal device receives second information from the network device, and the second information is used to configure multiple path loss estimation reference signals; if said The default mode is enabled, and the terminal device tracks the reference signal determined based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, and does not track the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
换句话说,若默认模式开启,终端设备可以基于下行控制信道相关的参考信号,确定待跟踪的参考信号,忽略第二信息所指示的路损估计参考信号。In other words, if the default mode is enabled, the terminal device can determine the reference signal to be tracked based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, and ignore the path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the second information.
这样,网络设备和终端设备均能够根据默认模式是否开启,确定待跟踪的参考信号是哪些参考信号,使得终端设备和网络设备对齐终端设备跟踪了哪些参考信号。网络设备后续若需要终端设备调整上行发送功率,可以确定一个合适的参考信号,并向终端设备指示该参考信号。若该参考信号是该终端设备跟踪了的参考信号中的一个参考信号,由于该终端设备一直维护着该参考信号对应的路损估计值,可以及时调整上行发送功率,不会出现不必要的调整时延;若该参考信号是该终端设备未跟踪的参考信号,终端设备可以利用一段额外的时间来跟踪该网络设备指示的参考信号,获得路损估计值,再调整上行发送功率。由于网络设备知道终端设备未跟踪该参考信号,需要一段额外的时间来调整,因此,该网络设备不会重复地发送功率调整的指示,不会出现信令冗余的情况。In this way, both the network device and the terminal device can determine which reference signals are the reference signals to be tracked according to whether the default mode is turned on, so that the terminal device and the network device align which reference signals the terminal device tracks. If the network device subsequently needs the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power, it can determine an appropriate reference signal and indicate the reference signal to the terminal device. If the reference signal is one of the reference signals tracked by the terminal device, since the terminal device always maintains the estimated path loss corresponding to the reference signal, the uplink transmission power can be adjusted in time without unnecessary adjustments. Time delay; if the reference signal is a reference signal not tracked by the terminal device, the terminal device can use an extra period of time to track the reference signal indicated by the network device, obtain the path loss estimate, and then adjust the uplink transmission power. Since the network device knows that the terminal device has not tracked the reference signal and needs an extra period of time to adjust, the network device will not repeatedly send power adjustment instructions, and signaling redundancy will not occur.
综上,本申请实施例的跟踪参考信号的方法,通过基于特定规则确定终端设备跟踪的参考信号,从而使得终端设备和网络设备对齐终端设备跟踪了哪些参考信号,有利于提高网络设备为终端设备调整上行发送功率的效率,节省信令开销。In summary, the method for tracking reference signals in the embodiments of the present application determines the reference signals tracked by the terminal device based on specific rules, so that the terminal device and the network device align which reference signals the terminal device tracks, which is beneficial to improve the network device as a terminal device. Adjust the efficiency of uplink transmission power and save signaling overhead.
应理解,上述默认模式就是指在没有显式指示的情况下,协议规定的一个参考模式,在默认模式下,终端设备可以根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定待跟踪的参考信号。由于该默认模式是用于终端设备调整发送功率时确定待跟踪的参考信号的,因此,该默认模式也可以称为“默认发送功率确定模式”,或者,称为“第一模式”,或者其他名称,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the aforementioned default mode refers to a reference mode specified by the protocol without an explicit indication. In the default mode, the terminal device can determine the reference signal to be tracked according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel. Since the default mode is used to determine the reference signal to be tracked when the terminal device adjusts the transmission power, the default mode can also be referred to as the "default transmission power determination mode", or the "first mode", or other The name is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:若所述默认模式未开启,所述终端设备跟踪基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪所述下行控制信道相关的参考信号。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: if the default mode is not enabled, the terminal device tracks the reference signal determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals, The reference signal related to the downlink control channel is not tracked.
换句话说,若默认模式开启,终端设备可以基于第二信息所指示的路损估计参考信号,确定待跟踪的参考信号,忽略下行控制信道相关的参考信号。In other words, if the default mode is enabled, the terminal device can determine the reference signal to be tracked based on the path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the second information, and ignore the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一信息和所述第二信息是所述网络设备通过同一信令发送的。示例性地,网络设备向终端设备发送无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令,该RRC信令中携带上述第一信息和第二信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling. Exemplarily, the network device sends radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling to the terminal device, and the RRC signaling carries the foregoing first information and second information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一信息和第二信息可以是网络设备在一定时间间隔内分开发送的。例如,网络设备可以先向终端设备发送第一信息,再向终端设备发送第二信息,终端设备在接收到第一信息之后开启定时器,在定时器超时之前检测是否收到第二信息,若收到第二信息,网络设备可以按照本申请实施例的方法确定待跟踪的路损估计参考信号;若在定时器超时之前终端设备未收到第二信息,网络设备可以通过其他方式确定待跟踪的路损估计参考信号,本申请实施例对此不作限定。又例如,网络设备可以先向终端设备发送第二信息,再向终端设备发送第一信息,终端设备在接收到第二信息之后开启定时器,在定时器超时之前检测是否收到第一信息,若收到第一信息, 网络设备可以按照本申请实施例的方法确定待跟踪的路损估计参考信号;若在定时器超时之前终端设备未收到第一信息,网络设备可以基于第二信息,确定待跟踪的参考信号。换句话说,网络设备可以在未收到第一信息的情况下认为默认模式未开启,从第二信息配置的多个路损估计参考信号中选择待跟踪的参考信号。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first information and the second information may be separately sent by a network device within a certain time interval. For example, the network device may send the first information to the terminal device first, and then send the second information to the terminal device. The terminal device starts a timer after receiving the first information, and detects whether the second information is received before the timer expires. After receiving the second information, the network device can determine the path loss estimation reference signal to be tracked according to the method of the embodiment of the present application; if the terminal device does not receive the second information before the timer expires, the network device can determine the path to be tracked in other ways The reference signal for path loss estimation is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. For another example, the network device may first send the second information to the terminal device, and then send the first information to the terminal device, the terminal device starts a timer after receiving the second information, and detects whether the first information is received before the timer expires, If the first information is received, the network device can determine the path loss estimation reference signal to be tracked according to the method of the embodiment of the present application; if the terminal device does not receive the first information before the timer expires, the network device can be based on the second information, Determine the reference signal to be tracked. In other words, the network device may consider that the default mode is not turned on without receiving the first information, and select the reference signal to be tracked from the multiple path loss estimation reference signals configured by the second information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中标识最小的M个路损估计参考信号;或者,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中标识最大的M个路损估计参考信号;其中,M为预定义或所述终端设备向所述网络设备上报的正整数。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are the M path losses with the smallest identification among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals Estimated reference signal; or, the reference signal determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals is the M path loss estimation reference signals with the largest identification among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; where M is a predefined Or a positive integer reported by the terminal device to the network device.
上述标识(ID)也可以替换为索引(index),本申请实施例对此不作限定。The above identification (ID) can also be replaced with an index (index), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备配置的路损估计参考信号为CSI-RS,则终端设备可以选择标识最小或标识最大的M个CSI-RS作为待跟踪的参考信号。In a possible implementation manner, the path loss estimation reference signal configured by the network device is a CSI-RS, and the terminal device can select M CSI-RSs with the smallest or largest identities as the reference signals to be tracked.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备配置的路损估计参考信号为同步信号块(SS/PBCH block,SSB),则终端设备可以选择标识最小或标识最大的M个SSB作为待跟踪的参考信号。In another possible implementation manner, the path loss estimation reference signal configured by the network device is a synchronization signal block (SS/PBCH block, SSB), and the terminal device can select the M SSBs with the smallest or largest identification as the to-be-tracked M SSBs. Reference signal.
在又一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备配置的路损估计参考信号包括CSI-RS和SSB,则终端设备可以先选择CSI-RS,再选择SSB,或者,先选择SSB,再选择CSI-RS。例如,网络设备配置了2个CSI-RS和7个SSB,M=4,终端设备可以先选择2个CSI-RS,再从7个SSB中选择标识最小或标识最大的2个SSB,或者,终端设备可以先选择SSB,即从7个SSB中选择4个标识最小或标识最大的2个SSB。又例如,网络设备配置了5个CSI-RS和5个SSB,M=4,终端设备可以从5个CSI-RS中选择标识最小或标识最大的2个CSI-RS,从5个SSB中选择标识最小或标识最大的2个SSB。In another possible implementation manner, the path loss estimation reference signal configured by the network device includes CSI-RS and SSB, and the terminal device can select CSI-RS first, then SSB, or, select SSB first, and then CSI-RS. RS. For example, the network device is configured with 2 CSI-RS and 7 SSB, M=4, the terminal device can select 2 CSI-RS first, and then select the 2 SSB with the smallest identifier or the largest identifier from the 7 SSBs, or, The terminal device can select the SSB first, that is, select the 4 smallest or largest 2 SSBs from the 7 SSBs. For another example, the network device is configured with 5 CSI-RSs and 5 SSBs, M=4, and the terminal device can select 2 CSI-RSs with the smallest or largest identity from the 5 CSI-RSs, and select from the 5 SSBs Identify the smallest or largest 2 SSBs.
应理解,在网络设备配置上述多个路损估计参考信号时,会为每个路损估计参考信号分配一个标识(例如PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id,或PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id,或SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id)。PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id为PUSCH的路损估计参考信号的标识,PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id为PUCCH的路损估计参考信号的标识,SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id为SRS的路损估计参考信号的标识。每个类型的参考信号还可以具有各自的标识,例如,网络设备为终端设备配置的3个SSB的标识(例如SSB-Index)可以为0~2,网络设备为终端设备配置的5个CSI-RS的标识(例如NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId)可以为0~4。因此,上述终端设备选择标识最小或标识最大的M个参考信号,可以是选择PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id(或PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id,或SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id)最小或最大的M个参考信号,也可以是选择SSB-Index和/或NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId最小或最大的M个参考信号。此外,每一个PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id可以关联一个SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId,在这种情况下,终端设备也可以选择SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId最小或最大的M个参考信号。It should be understood that when the network device configures the multiple path loss estimation reference signals, each path loss estimation reference signal will be assigned an identifier (for example, PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, or PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, or SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id). ). PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id is the identifier of the path loss estimation reference signal of PUSCH, PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id is the identifier of the path loss estimation reference signal of PUCCH, and SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id is the identifier of the path loss estimation reference signal of SRS. Each type of reference signal can also have its own identity. For example, the identity of the 3 SSBs configured by the network device for the terminal device (for example, SSB-Index) can be 0~2, and the 5 CSI-Index configured by the network device for the terminal device. The identifier of the RS (for example, NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId) can be 0-4. Therefore, the foregoing terminal device selects the M reference signals with the smallest or largest identifier, which may be the smallest or largest M reference signals selected by PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id (or PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, or SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id). It may select M reference signals with the smallest or largest SSB-Index and/or NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId. In addition, each PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id can be associated with one SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId. In this case, the terminal device can also select M reference signals with the smallest or largest SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId.
可选地,考虑到网络设备为终端设备配置了PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS,PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS和SRS-PathlossReferenceRS中至少两种的情况,终端设备可以按照某种约定的顺序进行选择。示例性地,若网络设备既为终端设备配置了PUSCH的路损估计参考信号,又为终端设备配置了PUCCH的路损估计参考信号,那么,终端设备 可以先根据PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id选择PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS,再根据PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id选择PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS,或者,先根据PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id选择PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS,再根据PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id选择PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS。示例性地,若网络设备同时为终端设备配置了PUSCH的路损估计参考信号、PUCCH的路损估计参考信号以及SRS的路损估计参考信号,那么,终端设备可以按照先PUSCH、再PUCCH、后SRS的顺序选择,或者按照先PUSCH、再SRS、后PUCCH的顺序选择,或者按照其他顺序,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, considering that the network device configures at least two of PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS, PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS and SRS-PathlossReferenceRS for the terminal device, the terminal device may select according to a certain agreed order. Exemplarily, if the network device configures both the PUSCH path loss estimation reference signal for the terminal device and the PUCCH path loss estimation reference signal for the terminal device, then the terminal device can first select PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id according to PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id. PathlossReferenceRS, then select PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS according to PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, or first select PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS according to PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, and then select PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS according to PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id. Exemplarily, if the network device configures the PUSCH path loss estimation reference signal, the PUCCH path loss estimation reference signal, and the SRS path loss estimation reference signal for the terminal device at the same time, then the terminal device can follow the PUSCH first, then PUCCH, and then The order of SRS is selected, or selected in the order of PUSCH first, SRS second, and PUCCH second, or in other order, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
综上所述,上述标识可以是下列至少一种:PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id、PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id、SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId、SSB-Index或NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In summary, the above-mentioned identifier may be at least one of the following: PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId, SSB-Index or NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId, which is the case in the embodiment of this application. Not limited.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中发送周期最短的M个路损估计参考信号;或者,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中发送周期最长的M个路损估计参考信号;其中,M为预定义或所述终端设备向所述网络设备上报的正整数。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are the M paths with the shortest transmission period among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals. Loss estimation reference signal; or, the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are the M path loss estimation reference signals with the longest transmission period among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; where M It is a positive integer that is predefined or reported by the terminal device to the network device.
应理解,上述路损估计参考信号是网络设备发送给终端设备的,因此,上述发送周期对终端设备而言,也可以称为测量周期,这二者是等价的,本申请实施例对其叫法不作限定。It should be understood that the aforementioned path loss estimation reference signal is sent by the network device to the terminal device. Therefore, for the terminal device, the aforementioned transmission period may also be referred to as a measurement period. The two are equivalent. The name is not limited.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示第一参考信号;所述终端设备根据所述终端设备所跟踪的参考信号和/或所述第一参考信号,获得路损估计值;所述终端设备基于所述路损估计值,调整所述终端设备的上行发送功率,其中,调整后的上行发送功率在所述终端设备接收到所述第三信息的第一时间段之后生效。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device receives third information from the network device, where the third information is used to indicate a first reference signal; The terminal device obtains a path loss estimation value according to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device and/or the first reference signal; the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission of the terminal device based on the path loss estimation value Power, where the adjusted uplink transmission power takes effect after the first time period when the terminal device receives the third information.
具体而言,网络设备在需要终端设备调整上行发送功率时,可以向终端设备发送第三信息,指示第一参考信号。该第一参考信号可以是一个参考信号,也可以是多个参考信号,本申请实施例对此不作限定。终端设备接收到该第三信息,根据该第三信息的指示调整该终端设备的上行发送功率。Specifically, when the network device needs the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power, it may send the third information to the terminal device, indicating the first reference signal. The first reference signal may be one reference signal or multiple reference signals, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The terminal device receives the third information, and adjusts the uplink transmission power of the terminal device according to the indication of the third information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,若所述第一参考信号均属于所述终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X;或者,若所述第一参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号不属于所述终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X+T;其中,X为预定义或预配置的参数,T为所述终端设备测量所述第一参考信号获得路损估计值的时长。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, if the first reference signal belongs to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the first time period is X; or, if the All or part of the reference signal in the first reference signal does not belong to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, then the first time period is X+T; where X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter, and T is all The terminal device measures the length of time during which the first reference signal obtains the path loss estimate value.
示例性地,该终端设备可以将该第三信息所指示的第一参考信号与该终端设备跟踪的参考信号进行比较,若该第一参考信号属于终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则该终端设备可以直接根据一直维护着的该参考信号的路损估计值,及时调整该终端设备的上行发送功率;若该第一参考信号不属于终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则终端设备需要一段额外的时间(即上述T)来跟踪该第一参考信号,获得路损估计值,再根据获得的路损估计值,调整该终端设备的上行发送功率。因此,终端设备调整后的上行发送功率在该终端设备接收 到第三信息的第一时间段之后生效。Exemplarily, the terminal device may compare the first reference signal indicated by the third information with the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, and if the first reference signal belongs to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the terminal device The uplink transmission power of the terminal device can be adjusted directly according to the estimated path loss of the reference signal that has been maintained; if the first reference signal does not belong to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the terminal device needs an extra period of time (I.e., the above-mentioned T) to track the first reference signal to obtain an estimated path loss, and then adjust the uplink transmission power of the terminal device according to the obtained estimated path loss. Therefore, the adjusted uplink transmission power of the terminal device takes effect after the first time period after the terminal device receives the third information.
上述X可以是预定义的时间长度,也可以是网络设备配置的时间长度,还可以是终端设备上报的时间长度,例如可以为3ms,本申请实施例对此不作限定。可选地,上述第三信息可以为MAC-CE信令,本申请实施例对此也不作限定。The foregoing X may be a predefined time length, or a time length configured by a network device, or a time length reported by a terminal device, for example, it may be 3 ms, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Optionally, the foregoing third information may be MAC-CE signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述默认模式为下列任一种:第一默认模式,第二默认模式,或第三默认模式;其中,在所述第一默认模式下,所述终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的待跟踪的参考信号;在所述第二默认模式下,所述终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定物理上行控制信道PUCCH的待跟踪的参考信号;在所述第三默认模式下,所述终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定探测参考信号SRS的待跟踪的参考信号。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the default mode is any one of the following: a first default mode, a second default mode, or a third default mode; wherein, in the first default mode, In the mode, the terminal device determines the reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel; in the second default mode, the terminal device determines the reference signal related to the downlink control channel The reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH; in the third default mode, the terminal device determines the reference signal to be tracked of the sounding reference signal SRS according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送第一能力信息和/或第二能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示每个载波分量CC支持的最大可配置的路损估计参考信号的数目,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述每个CC支持的最大可跟踪的路损估计参考信号的数目。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device sends first capability information and/or second capability information to the network device, the first capability information It is used to indicate the number of maximum configurable path loss estimation reference signals supported by each carrier component CC, and the second capability information is used to indicate the number of maximum trackable path loss estimation reference signals supported by each CC.
对于第一能力信息,网络设备可以根据终端设备上报的第一能力信息,确定上述第二信息所配置的多个路损估计参考信号的数目。应理解,该多个路损估计参考信号的数目小于或等于上述第一能力信息中终端设备所上报的数目。For the first capability information, the network device may determine the number of multiple path loss estimation reference signals configured in the second information according to the first capability information reported by the terminal device. It should be understood that the number of the multiple path loss estimation reference signals is less than or equal to the number reported by the terminal device in the above-mentioned first capability information.
对于第二能力信息,该终端设备向网络设备上报第二能力信息,该第二能力信息用于指示每个CC支持的最大可跟踪的路损估计参考信号的数目M。网络设备根据M和上述规则,便可以确定出终端设备所跟踪的参考信号。For the second capability information, the terminal device reports the second capability information to the network device, and the second capability information is used to indicate the number M of the maximum traceable path loss estimation reference signals supported by each CC. The network equipment can determine the reference signal tracked by the terminal equipment according to M and the above-mentioned rules.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,上述方法还包括:所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送第三能力信息和/或第四能力信息,该第三能力信息用于指示终端设备支持的最大可配置的路损估计参考信号的数目,该第四能力信息用于指示终端设备支持的最大可跟踪的路损估计参考信号的数目。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the above method further includes: the terminal device sends third capability information and/or fourth capability information to the network device, where the third capability information is used for Indicate the number of maximum configurable path loss estimation reference signals supported by the terminal device, and the fourth capability information is used to indicate the number of maximum traceable path loss estimation reference signals supported by the terminal device.
应理解,终端设备支持的最大可配置的路损估计参考信号的数目可以是所有CC支持的最大可配置的路损估计参考信号的数目之和,终端设备支持的最大可跟踪的路损估计参考信号的数目可以是所有CC支持的最大可跟踪的路损估计参考信号的数目之和。It should be understood that the number of maximum configurable path loss estimation reference signals supported by the terminal device may be the sum of the number of maximum configurable path loss estimation reference signals supported by all CCs, and the maximum traceable path loss estimation reference signal supported by the terminal device The number of signals may be the sum of the number of maximum trackable path loss estimation reference signals supported by all CCs.
第二方面,提供了另一种跟踪参考信号的方法,包括:网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示默认模式是否开启,在所述默认模式下,所述终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定待跟踪的参考信号;所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置多个路损估计参考信号;若所述默认模式开启,所述网络设备确定所述终端设备跟踪的参考信号为基于所述下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号。In a second aspect, another method for tracking a reference signal is provided, including: a network device sends first information to a terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate whether a default mode is enabled, and in the default mode, the terminal The device determines the reference signal to be tracked according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel; the network device sends second information to the terminal device, and the second information is used to configure multiple path loss estimation reference signals; if the default When the mode is turned on, the network device determines that the reference signal tracked by the terminal device is a reference signal determined based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, and the untracked reference signal is the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
可选地,所述方法还包括:所述网络设备发送参考信号,所述参考信号包括所述下行控制信道相关的参考信号和所述多个路损估计参考信号。Optionally, the method further includes: the network device sending a reference signal, the reference signal including a reference signal related to the downlink control channel and the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一信息和所述第二信息是所述网络设备通过同一信令发送的。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:若所述默认模式未开启,网络设备确定所述终端设备跟踪的参考信号为基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定 的参考信号,不跟踪的参考信号为所述下行控制信道相关的参考信号。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: if the default mode is not enabled, the network device determines that the reference signal tracked by the terminal device is based on the multiple path loss estimates The reference signal determined by the reference signal, and the reference signal that is not tracked is the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中标识最小的M个路损估计参考信号;或者,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中标识最大的M个路损估计参考信号;其中,M为预定义或所述终端设备向所述网络设备上报的正整数。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are the M path losses with the smallest identification among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals Estimated reference signal; or, the reference signal determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals is the M path loss estimation reference signals with the largest identification among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; where M is a predefined Or a positive integer reported by the terminal device to the network device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中发送周期最短的M个路损估计参考信号;或者,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中发送周期最长的M个路损估计参考信号;其中,M为预定义或所述终端设备向所述网络设备上报的正整数。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are the M paths with the shortest transmission period among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals. Loss estimation reference signal; or, the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are the M path loss estimation reference signals with the longest transmission period among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; where M It is a positive integer that is predefined or reported by the terminal device to the network device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示第一参考信号,所述第三信息用于所述终端设备调整上行发送功率,其中,调整后的上行发送功率在所述终端设备接收到所述第三信息的第一时间段之后生效。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: the network device sends third information to the terminal device, where the third information is used to indicate the first reference signal, so The third information is used by the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power, where the adjusted uplink transmission power takes effect after the first time period when the terminal device receives the third information.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,若所述第一参考信号均属于所述终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X;或者,若所述第一参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号不属于所述终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X+T;其中,X为预定义或预配置的参数,T为所述终端设备测量所述第一参考信号获得路损估计值的时长。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, if the first reference signal belongs to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the first time period is X; or, if the All or part of the reference signal in the first reference signal does not belong to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, then the first time period is X+T; where X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter, and T is all The terminal device measures the length of time during which the first reference signal obtains the path loss estimate value.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述默认模式为下列任一种:第一默认模式,第二默认模式,或第三默认模式;其中,在所述第一默认模式下,所述终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的待跟踪的参考信号;在所述第二默认模式下,所述终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定物理上行控制信道PUCCH的待跟踪的参考信号;在所述第三默认模式下,所述终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定探测参考信号SRS的待跟踪的参考信号。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the default mode is any one of the following: a first default mode, a second default mode, or a third default mode; wherein, in the first default mode, In the mode, the terminal device determines the reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel; in the second default mode, the terminal device determines the reference signal related to the downlink control channel The reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH; in the third default mode, the terminal device determines the reference signal to be tracked of the sounding reference signal SRS according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,在所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二信息之前,所述方法还包括:所述网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示每个载波分量CC支持的最大可配置的路损估计参考信号的数目;所述网络设备根据所述第一能力信息,确定所述多个路损估计参考信号的数目。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, before the network device sends the second information to the terminal device, the method further includes: the network device receives the first information from the terminal device A capability information, where the first capability information is used to indicate the number of maximum configurable path loss estimation reference signals supported by each carrier component CC; the network device determines the multiple paths according to the first capability information The number of loss estimation reference signals.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的第二能力信息,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述每个CC支持的最大可跟踪的路损估计参考信号的数目。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the method further includes: the network device receives second capability information from the terminal device, and the second capability information is used to indicate each The number of maximum trackable path loss estimation reference signals supported by each CC.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的第三能力信息,该第三能力信息用于指示终端设备支持的最大可配置的路损估计参考信号的数目,所述网络设备根据所述第三能力信息,确定所述多个路损估计参考信号的数目。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: the network device receives third capability information from the terminal device, and the third capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports The maximum configurable number of path loss estimation reference signals, and the network device determines the number of the multiple path loss estimation reference signals according to the third capability information.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的第四能力信息,该第四能力信息用于指示终端设备支持的最大可跟踪 的路损估计参考信号的数目。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: the network device receives fourth capability information from the terminal device, where the fourth capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports The maximum trackable path loss estimates the number of reference signals.
第三方面,提供了另一种跟踪参考信号的方法,包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于配置L个基础的路损估计参考信号,L为小于或等于4的正整数;所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置K个额外的路损估计参考信号,所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号与所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号不同,K为正整数;所述终端设备跟踪所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,不跟踪所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号。In a third aspect, another method for tracking reference signals is provided, including: a terminal device receives first information from a network device, the first information is used to configure L basic path loss estimation reference signals, where L is less than or A positive integer equal to 4; the terminal device receives second information from the network device, and the second information is used to configure K additional path loss estimation reference signals, and the K additional path loss estimation reference signals Different from the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, K is a positive integer; the terminal device tracks the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and does not track the K additional path loss estimation reference signals.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以为终端设备配置两类路损估计参考信号,一类为基础的路损估计参考信号,另一类为额外的路损估计参考信号,其中,额外的路损估计参考信号是无需终端设备跟踪的,这样,终端设备可以仅跟踪基础的路损估计参考信号,且与网络设备对齐终端设备跟踪了哪些参考信号。网络设备后续若需要终端设备立即调整上行发送功率,可以指示该终端设备跟踪了的参考信号中的一个参考信号,由于该终端设备一直维护着该参考信号对应的路损估计值,可以及时调整上行发送功率,不会出现不必要的调整时延;若网络设备不需要终端设备立即调整上行发送功率,该网络设备可以指示该终端设备未跟踪的参考信号,终端设备可以利用一段额外的时间来跟踪该网络设备指示的参考信号,获得路损估计值,再调整上行发送功率。由于网络设备知道终端设备未跟踪该参考信号,需要一段额外的时间来调整,因此,该网络设备不会重复地发送功率调整的指示,不会出现信令冗余的情况。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may configure two types of path loss estimation reference signals for the terminal equipment, one type is the base path loss estimation reference signal, and the other type is the additional path loss estimation reference signal, where the additional path The loss estimation reference signal does not need to be tracked by the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device can only track the basic path loss estimation reference signal and align with the network device which reference signals the terminal device tracks. If the network device needs the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power immediately, it can instruct one of the reference signals tracked by the terminal device. Since the terminal device always maintains the path loss estimate corresponding to the reference signal, it can adjust the uplink transmission power in time. Transmit power without unnecessary adjustment delay; if the network device does not need the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmit power immediately, the network device can indicate the reference signal that the terminal device has not tracked, and the terminal device can use an extra period of time to track The reference signal indicated by the network device obtains the estimated path loss, and then adjusts the uplink transmission power. Since the network device knows that the terminal device has not tracked the reference signal and needs an extra period of time to adjust, the network device will not repeatedly send power adjustment instructions, and signaling redundancy will not occur.
综上,本申请实施例的跟踪参考信号的方法,通过基于特定规则确定终端设备跟踪的参考信号,从而使得终端设备和网络设备对齐终端设备跟踪了哪些参考信号,有利于提高网络设备为终端设备调整上行发送功率的效率,节省信令开销。In summary, the method for tracking reference signals in the embodiments of the present application determines the reference signals tracked by the terminal device based on specific rules, so that the terminal device and the network device align which reference signals the terminal device tracks, which is beneficial to improve the network device as a terminal device. Adjust the efficiency of uplink transmission power and save signaling overhead.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一信息和所述第二信息是所述网络设备通过同一信令发送的。示例性地,网络设备向终端设备发送无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令,该RRC信令中携带上述第一信息和第二信息。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling. Exemplarily, the network device sends radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling to the terminal device, and the RRC signaling carries the foregoing first information and second information.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示第一参考信号;所述终端设备根据所述终端设备所跟踪的参考信号和/或所述第一参考信号,获得路损估计值;所述终端设备基于所述路损估计值,调整所述终端设备的上行发送功率,其中,调整后的上行发送功率在所述终端设备接收到所述第三信息的第一时间段之后生效。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device receives third information from the network device, where the third information is used to indicate a first reference signal; The terminal device obtains a path loss estimation value according to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device and/or the first reference signal; the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission of the terminal device based on the path loss estimation value Power, where the adjusted uplink transmission power takes effect after the first time period when the terminal device receives the third information.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,若所述第一参考信号均属于所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X;或者,若所述第一参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号不属于所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X+T;其中,X为预定义或预配置的参数,T为所述终端设备测量所述第一参考信号获得路损估计值的时长。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, if the first reference signals all belong to the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, the first time period is X; or, if If all or part of the reference signals in the first reference signal do not belong to the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, then the first time period is X+T; where X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter , T is the length of time that the terminal device measures the first reference signal to obtain the path loss estimate value.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示每个载波分量CC支持的最大可配置的额外的路损估计参考信号的数目。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device sends first capability information to the network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate each carrier component The maximum configurable number of additional path loss estimation reference signals supported by CC.
这样,网络设备可以根据终端设备上报的第一能力信息,确定上述第二信息所配置的K个额外的路损估计参考信号的数目。应理解,该K个路损估计参考信号的数目K小于 或等于上述第一能力信息中终端设备所上报的数目。In this way, the network device can determine the number of K additional path loss estimation reference signals configured by the second information according to the first capability information reported by the terminal device. It should be understood that the number K of the K path loss estimation reference signals is less than or equal to the number reported by the terminal device in the above-mentioned first capability information.
第四方面,提供了另一种跟踪参考信号的方法,包括:网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于配置L个基础的路损估计参考信号,L为小于或等于4的正整数;所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置K个额外的路损估计参考信号,所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号与所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号不同,K为正整数;所述网络设备确定所述终端设备跟踪的参考信号为所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,不跟踪的参考信号为所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号。In a fourth aspect, another method for tracking reference signals is provided, which includes: a network device sends first information to a terminal device, where the first information is used to configure L basic path loss estimation reference signals, where L is less than or equal to A positive integer of 4; the network device sends second information to the terminal device, and the second information is used to configure K additional path loss estimation reference signals, and the K additional path loss estimation reference signals The L basic path loss estimation reference signals are different, and K is a positive integer; the network device determines that the reference signals tracked by the terminal device are the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and the reference signals that are not tracked are all The K additional path loss estimation reference signals.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一信息和所述第二信息是所述网络设备通过同一信令发送的。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示第一参考信号,所述第三信息用于所述终端设备调整上行发送功率,其中,调整后的上行发送功率在所述终端设备接收到所述第三信息的第一时间段之后生效。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: the network device sends third information to the terminal device, where the third information is used to indicate the first reference signal, so The third information is used by the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power, where the adjusted uplink transmission power takes effect after the first time period when the terminal device receives the third information.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,若所述第一参考信号均属于所述L个第一路损估计参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X;或者,若所述第一参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号不属于所述L个第一路损估计参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X+T;其中,X为预定义或预配置的参数,T为所述终端设备测量所述第一参考信号获得路损估计值的时长。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, if the first reference signals all belong to the L first path loss estimation reference signals, the first time period is X; or, if If all or part of the reference signals in the first reference signal do not belong to the L first path loss estimation reference signals, then the first time period is X+T; where X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter , T is the length of time that the terminal device measures the first reference signal to obtain the path loss estimate value.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,在所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二信息之前,所述方法还包括:所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示每个载波分量CC支持的最大可配置的额外的路损估计参考信号的数目;所述网络设备根据所述第一能力信息,确定所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号的数目。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, before the network device sends the second information to the terminal device, the method further includes: the network device receives the first information sent by the terminal device. Capability information, the first capability information is used to indicate the maximum configurable number of additional path loss estimation reference signals supported by each carrier component CC; the network device determines the K according to the first capability information An additional path loss estimates the number of reference signals.
第五方面,提供了一种跟踪参考信号的装置,用于执行上述各方面中任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,该装置包括用于执行上述各方面中任一种可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。In a fifth aspect, a device for tracking a reference signal is provided, which is used to execute the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing aspects. Specifically, the device includes a unit for executing the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing aspects.
第六方面,提供了一种跟踪参考信号的装置,包括处理器,该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述各方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a sixth aspect, a device for tracking a reference signal is provided, including a processor, which is coupled to a memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing aspects. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中,该跟踪参考信号的装置为终端设备。当该跟踪参考信号的装置为终端设备时,所述通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。In an implementation manner, the device for tracking the reference signal is a terminal device. When the device for tracking the reference signal is a terminal device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
在另一种实现方式中,该跟踪参考信号的装置为配置于终端设备中的芯片。当该跟踪参考信号的装置为配置于终端设备中的芯片时,所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。In another implementation manner, the device for tracking the reference signal is a chip configured in a terminal device. When the device for tracking the reference signal is a chip configured in a terminal device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
第七方面,提供了一种处理器,包括:输入电路、输出电路和处理电路。所述处理电路用于通过所述输入电路接收信号,并通过所述输出电路发射信号,使得所述处理器执行上述各方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a seventh aspect, a processor is provided, including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit. The processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing aspects.
在具体实现过程中,上述处理器可以为芯片,输入电路可以为输入管脚,输出电路可以为输出管脚,处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的,输出电路所输出的信号可 以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的,且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电路,该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请实施例对处理器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。In the specific implementation process, the above-mentioned processor may be a chip, the input circuit may be an input pin, the output circuit may be an output pin, and the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits. The input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, a receiver, and the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to the transmitter and transmitted by the transmitter, and the input circuit and output The circuit can be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
第八方面,提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和存储器。该处理器用于读取存储器中存储的指令,并可通过接收器接收信号,通过发射器发射信号,以执行上述各方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, a processing device is provided, including a processor and a memory. The processor is used to read instructions stored in the memory, and can receive signals through a receiver, and transmit signals through a transmitter, so as to execute the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing aspects.
可选地,所述处理器为一个或多个,所述存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
可选地,所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起,或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory and the processor may be provided separately.
在具体实现过程中,存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器,例如只读存储器(read only memory,ROM),其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。In the specific implementation process, the memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read only memory (ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be set in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the memory and the setting mode of the memory and the processor.
应理解,相关的数据交互过程例如发送指示信息可以为从处理器输出指示信息的过程,接收能力信息可以为处理器接收输入能力信息的过程。具体地,处理输出的数据可以输出给发射器,处理器接收的输入数据可以来自接收器。其中,发射器和接收器可以统称为收发器。It should be understood that the related data interaction process, for example, sending instruction information may be a process of outputting instruction information from the processor, and receiving capability information may be a process of receiving input capability information by the processor. Specifically, the processed output data may be output to the transmitter, and the input data received by the processor may come from the receiver. Among them, the transmitter and receiver can be collectively referred to as a transceiver.
上述第八方面中的处理装置可以是一个芯片,该处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现,当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等;当通过软件来实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现,该存储器可以集成在处理器中,可以位于该处理器之外,独立存在。The processing device in the above eighth aspect may be a chip, and the processor may be implemented by hardware or software. When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software When implemented, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in the memory. The memory may be integrated in the processor, may be located outside the processor, and exist independently.
第九方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当所述计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes: a computer program (also called code, or instruction), which when the computer program is executed, causes a computer to execute any of the above aspects. One of the possible implementation methods.
第十方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,所述计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer-readable medium is provided, and the computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also called code, or instruction) when it runs on a computer, so that the computer executes any of the above aspects. One of the possible implementation methods.
第十一方面,提供了一种通信***,包括前述的终端设备和网络设备。In an eleventh aspect, a communication system is provided, including the aforementioned terminal device and network device.
图1示出了本申请实施例的通信***的示意图。Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
图2示出了本申请实施例的一种跟踪参考信号的方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 2 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for tracking a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present application.
图3示出了本申请实施例的另一种跟踪参考信号的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 3 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for tracking a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present application.
图4示出了本申请实施例的跟踪参考信号的装置的示意性框图。Fig. 4 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for tracking a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present application.
图5示出了本申请实施例的另一跟踪参考信号的装置的示意性框图。FIG. 5 shows a schematic block diagram of another device for tracking a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present application.
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信***,例如:全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)***、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)***、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)***、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)***、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)***、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信***(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信***、未来的第五代(5th generation,5G)***或新无线(new radio,NR)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: global system for mobile communications (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, the future fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (NR), etc.
还应理解,本申请实施例的技术方案还可以应用于各种基于非正交多址接入技术的通信***,例如稀疏码多址接入(sparse code multiple access,SCMA)***,当然SCMA在通信领域也可以被称为其他名称;进一步地,本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于采用非正交多址接入技术的多载波传输***,例如采用非正交多址接入技术正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)、滤波器组多载波(filter bank multi-carrier,FBMC)、通用频分复用(generalized frequency division multiplexing,GFDM)、滤波正交频分复用(filtered-OFDM,F-OFDM)***等。It should also be understood that the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to various communication systems based on non-orthogonal multiple access technologies, such as sparse code multiple access (SCMA) systems. Of course, SCMA is The field of communication can also be called other names; further, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a multi-carrier transmission system using non-orthogonal multiple access technology, for example, using non-orthogonal multiple access technology orthogonal Frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM), filter bank multi-carrier (FBMC), general frequency division multiplexing (generalized frequency division multiplexing, GFDM), filtered orthogonal frequency division multiplexing ( filtered-OFDM, F-OFDM) system, etc.
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先结合图1详细说明适用于本申请实施例的通信***。图1示出了适用于本申请实施例的通信***的示意图。如图1所示,该通信***100可以包括至少一个网络设备,例如图1所示的网络设备110;该通信***100还可以包括至少一个终端设备,例如图1所示的终端设备120。网络设备110与终端设备120可通过无线链路通信。各通信设备,如网络设备110或终端设备120,可以配置多个天线,该多个天线可以包括至少一个用于发送信号的发射天线和至少一个用于接收信号的接收天线。另外,各通信设备还附加地包括发射机链和接收机链,本领域普通技术人员可以理解,它们均可包括与信号发送和接收相关的多个部件(例如处理器、调制器、复用器、解调器、解复用器或天线等)。因此,网络设备110与终端设备120可通过多天线技术通信。In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, a communication system applicable to the embodiments of the present application is first described in detail with reference to FIG. 1. Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system suitable for an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1, the communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as the network device 110 shown in FIG. 1; the communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device 120 shown in FIG. 1. The network device 110 and the terminal device 120 may communicate through a wireless link. Each communication device, such as the network device 110 or the terminal device 120, may be configured with multiple antennas, and the multiple antennas may include at least one transmitting antenna for transmitting signals and at least one receiving antenna for receiving signals. In addition, each communication device additionally includes a transmitter chain and a receiver chain. Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that they can all include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (such as processors, modulators, multiplexers, etc.). , Demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.). Therefore, the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 can communicate through multi-antenna technology.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,该终端设备可称为接入终端、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等。The terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (RAN). The terminal equipment may be referred to as an access terminal, user equipment (UE), Subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device. The access terminal can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network, or terminals in the future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN) Equipment, etc.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备可以是全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)***或码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)***中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE***中的演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演 进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。例如,NR***中的gNB,或,传输点(TRP或TP),5G***中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。The network device in the embodiment of the application may be a device used to communicate with terminal devices. The network device may be a global system for mobile communications (GSM) system or code division multiple access (CDMA) The base transceiver station (BTS) in the LTE system can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolved base station (evolved) in the LTE system. NodeB, eNB or eNodeB), it can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and the future The network equipment in the 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc., are not limited in the embodiment of the present application. For example, the gNB in the NR system, or the transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group of antenna panels (including multiple antenna panels) of the base station in the 5G system, or the network that constitutes the gNB or transmission point Nodes, such as baseband unit (BBU), or distributed unit (DU), etc.
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括射频单元(radio unit,RU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能,比如,CU实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能,DU实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+CU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为CU节点、或DU节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的设备。此外,CU可以划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU. The gNB may also include a radio unit (RU). CU implements some functions of gNB, DU implements some functions of gNB, for example, CU implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions, and DU implements wireless link Functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer, and physical (PHY) layer. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU , Or, sent by DU+CU. It can be understood that the network device may be a CU node, or a DU node, or a device including a CU node and a DU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
上述网络设备还可以泛指网络端所有设备的总称,例如采用多个TRP传输数据给终端设备时,可以将多个TRP统称为网络设备。The above-mentioned network equipment may also refer to a general term for all equipment on the network side. For example, when multiple TRPs are used to transmit data to a terminal device, the multiple TRPs may be collectively referred to as network equipment.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作***层,以及运行在操作***层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作***可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作***,例如,Linux操作***、Unix操作***、Android操作***、iOS操作***或windows操作***等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备,或者,是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory). The operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating systems, Unix operating systems, Android operating systems, iOS operating systems, or windows operating systems. The application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. Moreover, the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application can be provided in accordance with the embodiments of the application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or the network device that can call and execute the program.
另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。In addition, various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.). In addition, various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
本申请实施例可以适用于LTE***以及后续的演进***如5G等,或其他采用各种无线接入技术的无线通信***,如采用码分多址,频分多址,时分多址,正交频分多址,单载波频分多址等接入技术的***,尤其适用于需要信道信息反馈和/或应用二级预编码技术的场景,例如应用Massive MIMO技术的无线网络、应用分布式天线技术的无线网络等。The embodiments of this application can be applied to LTE systems and subsequent evolutionary systems such as 5G, etc., or other wireless communication systems that use various wireless access technologies, such as code division multiple access, frequency division multiple access, time division multiple access, and orthogonality. Frequency division multiple access, single carrier frequency division multiple access and other access technology systems are especially suitable for scenarios that require channel information feedback and/or apply secondary precoding technology, such as wireless networks using Massive MIMO technology, and distributed antennas Technology of wireless networks, etc.
应理解,多输入输出(multiple-input multiple-output,MIMO)技术是指在发送端设备和接收端设备分别使用多个发射天线和接收天线,使信号通过发送端设备与接收端设备的多个天线传送和接收,从而改善通信质量。它能充分利用空间资源,通过多个天线实现多发多收,在不增加频谱资源和天线发射功率的情况下,可以成倍地提高***信道容量。It should be understood that multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) technology refers to the use of multiple transmitting antennas and receiving antennas in the transmitting end device and the receiving end device, respectively, so that the signal passes through multiple of the transmitting end device and the receiving end device. The antenna transmits and receives, thereby improving the communication quality. It can make full use of space resources and achieve multiple transmissions and multiple receptions through multiple antennas. Without increasing the spectrum resources and antenna transmission power, the system channel capacity can be doubled.
为便于理解,下面先介绍本申请实施例涉及的相关术语。For ease of understanding, the relevant terms involved in the embodiments of the present application are first introduced below.
1、路损估计1. Road loss estimation
在蜂窝网通信中,用于确定终端设备的上行发送功率的参数是由网络设备配置的。上行功率控制的目的是使得终端设备发送的信号到达网络设备时的功率满足网络设备的接收条件,例如,网络设备要求终端设备发送的信号到达网络设备时的功率为P0。由于每个终端设备与网络设备的距离是不同的,因此,终端设备需要估计信号传输中的路径损耗(pathloss,PL),来调整上行发送功率。路径损耗简称为“路损”,路径损耗的估计简称为“路损估计”。路损估计通常是通过终端设备测量网络设备配置的路损估计参考信号(pathloss reference signal,PL RS)的接收功率实现的。简单来说,路损估计值=PL RS发送功率-PL RS的接收功率,终端设备的上行发送功率=P0+路损估计值。这里的网络设备的发送功率和P0都是网络设备配置的。In cellular network communication, the parameters used to determine the uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment are configured by the network equipment. The purpose of uplink power control is to make the power of the signal sent by the terminal device reach the network device to meet the receiving condition of the network device. For example, the network device requires the power of the signal sent by the terminal device to reach the network device to be P0. Since the distance between each terminal device and the network device is different, the terminal device needs to estimate the path loss (pathloss, PL) in signal transmission to adjust the uplink transmission power. The path loss is abbreviated as "path loss", and the estimation of path loss is abbreviated as "path loss estimation". Path loss estimation is usually realized by measuring the received power of a path loss reference signal (pathloss reference signal, PL RS) configured by a network device by a terminal device. To put it simply, path loss estimate = PL RS transmit power-PL RS received power, and the uplink transmit power of the terminal device = P0 + path loss estimate. The transmit power and P0 of the network device here are configured by the network device.
2、路损参考信号(pathloss reference signal,PL RS)2. Pathloss reference signal (PL RS)
路损参考信号也可以称为路损估计参考信号。终端设备基于上面获得的路损估计值,可以对发送功率进行调整。为了获得路损估计值,网络设备需要配置PL RS,以便终端设备进行跟踪(track)。跟踪包括周期性的测量和维护各个PL RS对应的路损测量结果。应理解,PL RS是周期性的参考信号,PL RS是对用于进行路损估计的参考信号的统称,用于进行路损估计的参考信号例如可以为:同步信号块(SS/PBCH block,SSB)或者信道状态信息参考信号(Channel status information reference signal,CSI-RS)。换句话说,本文将网络设备为终端设备配置的、用于进行路损估计的参考信号称为PL RS。The path loss reference signal may also be referred to as a path loss estimation reference signal. The terminal device can adjust the transmission power based on the path loss estimation value obtained above. In order to obtain the estimated path loss, the network equipment needs to be configured with PL RS so that the terminal equipment can track. Tracking includes periodic measurement and maintenance of the path loss measurement results corresponding to each PL RS. It should be understood that PL RS is a periodic reference signal, and PL RS is a general term for reference signals used for path loss estimation. The reference signal used for path loss estimation may be, for example, a synchronization signal block (SS/PBCH block, SSB) or channel status information reference signal (Channel status information reference signal, CSI-RS). In other words, this article refers to the reference signal configured by the network device for the terminal device and used for path loss estimation as PL RS.
考虑到终端设备的移动性带来的传输环境的变化,特别是在高频通信(例如毫米波通信)中,还需要考虑终端设备的发送波束和网络设备的接收波束的变化,网络设备配置的PL RS通常不止一个。版本15(release 15,R15)允许网络设备最多配置4个PL RS。终端应该跟踪所有网络设备配置的PL RS,这样便于网络设备进行动态的调整,即网络设备动态的指示4个PL RS中的一个,终端设备可以随即调整其发送功率。为了更好的支持高频通信中发送波束变化带来的发送功率变化需求,版本16(release 16,R16)允许网络设备最多配置64个PL RS。为了不增加终端设备的测量和维护负担,终端设备仍然只需跟踪其中的4个PL RS。当网络设备动态的指示一个PL RS时,如果这是一个终端设备没有跟踪的PL RS,终端设备需要一段额外的时间,来测量该PL RS,进而确定路损估计值和发送功率;如果这是一个终端设备跟踪了的PL RS,由于终端设备一直维护着路损估计值,则终端设备可以立刻调整发送功率,无需再进行测量。Taking into account the changes in the transmission environment brought about by the mobility of terminal equipment, especially in high-frequency communications (such as millimeter wave communications), it is also necessary to consider the changes in the transmitting beam of the terminal equipment and the receiving beam of the network equipment, and the configuration of the network equipment PL RS usually has more than one. Version 15 (release 15, R15) allows network devices to be configured with a maximum of 4 PL RSs. The terminal should track the PL RS configured by all network devices, so that the network device can make dynamic adjustments. That is, the network device dynamically indicates one of the four PL RSs, and the terminal device can adjust its transmission power immediately. In order to better support the transmission power change demand caused by the transmission beam change in high-frequency communication, version 16 (release 16, R16) allows network devices to configure a maximum of 64 PL RSs. In order not to increase the measurement and maintenance burden of the terminal equipment, the terminal equipment still only needs to track 4 of the PL RSs. When a network device dynamically indicates a PL RS, if it is a PL RS that the terminal device has not tracked, the terminal device needs an extra period of time to measure the PL RS, and then determine the path loss estimate and the transmission power; if this is For a PL RS tracked by a terminal device, since the terminal device always maintains the estimated path loss, the terminal device can immediately adjust the transmission power without measuring.
上述R16的方法中,网络设备并无法获知终端设备跟踪了哪些PL RS。这样,对于一个PL RS而言,若网络设备总是假设终端设备没有跟踪该PL RS,终端设备实际跟踪了该PL RS,会出现不必要的时延;若网络设备总是假设终端设备跟踪了该PL RS,但是终端设备并没有跟踪该PL RS,终端设备不能按要求及时地调整上行发送功率,网络设备发现终端设备的上行发送功率没有及时调整后,会重复发送功率调整的指示,造成信令冗余。In the above-mentioned R16 method, the network device cannot know which PL RSs are tracked by the terminal device. In this way, for a PL RS, if the network device always assumes that the terminal device does not track the PL RS, and the terminal device actually tracks the PL RS, unnecessary delay will occur; if the network device always assumes that the terminal device has tracked The PL RS, but the terminal device does not track the PL RS, and the terminal device cannot adjust the uplink transmission power in time as required. After the network device finds that the uplink transmission power of the terminal device has not been adjusted in time, it will repeat the transmission power adjustment instructions, resulting in communication. Make redundant.
有鉴于此,本申请实施例提供了一种跟踪参考信号的方法和装置,能够基于特定规则确定终端设备跟踪的参考信号,从而使得终端设备和网络设备对齐终端设备跟踪了哪些参考信号,有利于提高网络设备为终端设备调整上行发送功率的效率,节省信令开销。In view of this, the embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for tracking reference signals, which can determine the reference signals tracked by terminal equipment based on specific rules, so that the terminal equipment and network equipment align which reference signals the terminal equipment tracks, which is beneficial to Improve the efficiency of network equipment adjusting uplink transmission power for terminal equipment, and save signaling overhead.
在介绍本申请实施例提供的方法之前,先做出以下几点说明。Before introducing the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the following points are explained first.
第一,在本申请实施例中,“预先定义”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。First, in the embodiments of this application, "pre-definition" can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables, or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in devices (for example, including terminal devices and network devices). There is no limitation on its specific implementation.
第二,在下文示出的实施例中,各术语及英文缩略语,如媒体接入控制控制元素(media access control-control element,MAC-CE)、无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)、物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)、物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)、信道状态信息参考信号(CSI-RS)等,均为方便描述而给出的示例性举例,不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请并不排除在已有或未来的协议中定义其它能够实现相同或相似功能的术语的可能。Second, in the embodiments shown below, various terms and abbreviations, such as media access control-control element (MAC-CE), radio resource control (RRC), The physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), the channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), etc., are all illustrative examples given for convenience of description. This application should not constitute any limitation. This application does not exclude the possibility of defining other terms that can achieve the same or similar functions in existing or future agreements.
第三,在下文示出的实施例中第一、第二以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如,区分不同的参考信号、区分不同的信息等。Third, in the embodiments shown below, the first, second, and various numerical numbers are only for easy distinction for description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, distinguish different reference signals, distinguish different information, and so on.
第四,本申请实施例中涉及的“协议”可以是指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信***中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。Fourth, the “protocols” involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to standard protocols in the communication field, for example, may include LTE protocol, NR protocol, and related protocols applied to future communication systems, which are not limited in this application.
第五,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a、b和c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,或b,或c,或a和b,或a和c,或b和c,或a、b和c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。Fifth, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "multiple" refers to two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, at least one of a, b, and c can mean: a, or b, or c, or a and b, or a and c, or b and c, or a, b and c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
下面将结合附图详细说明本申请提供的跟踪参考信号的方法和装置。应理解,本申请的技术方案可以应用于无线通信***中,例如,图1中所示的通信***100。处于无线通信***中的两个通信装置之间可具有无线通信连接关系,该两个通信装置中的一个通信装置可对应于图1中所示的终端设备120,如,可以为图1中所示的终端设备,也可以为配置于该终端设备中的芯片;该两个通信装置中的另一个通信装置可对应于图1中所示的网络设备110,如,可以为图1中所示的网络设备,也可以为配置于该网络设备中的芯片。The method and device for tracking reference signals provided by the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. It should be understood that the technical solution of the present application can be applied to a wireless communication system, for example, the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1. There may be a wireless communication connection relationship between two communication devices in the wireless communication system, and one of the two communication devices may correspond to the terminal device 120 shown in FIG. 1, for example, it may be as shown in FIG. The terminal device shown may also be a chip configured in the terminal device; the other communication device of the two communication devices may correspond to the network device 110 shown in FIG. 1, for example, it may be the chip shown in FIG. The network device may also be a chip configured in the network device.
以下,不失一般性,以终端设备与网络设备之间的交互过程为例详细说明本申请实施例提供的跟踪参考信号的方法。Hereinafter, without loss of generality, the method for tracking a reference signal provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail by taking the interaction process between the terminal device and the network device as an example.
图2示出了本申请实施例提供的跟踪参考信号的方法200的示意性流程图。该方法可以应用于图1所示的通信***中,但本申请实施例对此不作限定。该方法200包括:FIG. 2 shows a schematic flowchart of a method 200 for tracking a reference signal provided by an embodiment of the present application. This method can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1, but the embodiment of the present application does not limit this. The method 200 includes:
S210,网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,则对应地,该终端设备接收该第一信息;该第一信息用于指示默认模式是否开启,在该默认模式下,终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定待跟踪的参考信号。S210: The network device sends first information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first information correspondingly; the first information is used to indicate whether the default mode is turned on. In the default mode, the terminal device is related to the downlink control channel. The reference signal determines the reference signal to be tracked.
S220,网络设备向终端设备发送第二信息,则对应地,该终端设备接收该第二信息;该第二信息用于配置多个路损估计参考信号。S220: The network device sends second information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second information; the second information is used to configure multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
S230,若默认模式开启,该终端设备跟踪基于下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪上述第二信息所配置的多个路损估计参考信号。换句话说,若默认模式开启,终端设备可以基于下行控制信道相关的参考信号,确定待跟踪的参考信号,忽略第二信息所指示的路损估计参考信号。S230: If the default mode is enabled, the terminal device tracks the reference signal determined based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, and does not track the multiple path loss estimation reference signals configured by the second information. In other words, if the default mode is enabled, the terminal device can determine the reference signal to be tracked based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, and ignore the path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the second information.
作为一个可选的实施例,所述方法还包括:若默认模式未开启,该终端设备跟踪基于该多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪下行控制信道相关的参考信号。换句话说,若默认模式未开启,终端设备可以基于第二信息所指示的路损估计参考信号,确定待跟踪的参考信号,忽略下行控制信道相关的参考信号。As an optional embodiment, the method further includes: if the default mode is not enabled, the terminal device tracks the reference signal determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals, and does not track the reference signal related to the downlink control channel. In other words, if the default mode is not enabled, the terminal device can determine the reference signal to be tracked based on the path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the second information, and ignore the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以根据默认模式是否开启,来确定该终端设备跟踪的参考信号。由于该默认模式是否开启是网络设备通过第一信息告知终端设备的,该网络设备也可以根据默认模式是否开启来确定该终端设备所跟踪的参考信号。具体而言,网络设备通过向终端设备指示默认模式是否开启,在默认模式开启的情况下,终端设备可以根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定待跟踪的参考信号,即终端设备跟踪基于下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪网络设备通过第二信息配置的多个路损估计参考信号;在默认模式未开启的情况下,终端设备可以跟踪基于上述第二信息配置的多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪下行控制信道相关的参考信号。网络设备一旦确定了是否为终端设备开启默认模式,即可以确定终端设备所跟踪的参考信号。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may determine the reference signal tracked by the terminal device according to whether the default mode is turned on. Since whether the default mode is turned on is notified by the network device to the terminal device through the first information, the network device may also determine the reference signal tracked by the terminal device according to whether the default mode is turned on. Specifically, the network device indicates to the terminal device whether the default mode is enabled. When the default mode is enabled, the terminal device can determine the reference signal to be tracked according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, that is, the terminal device tracking is based on the downlink control channel The reference signal determined by the related reference signal does not track the multiple path loss estimation reference signals configured by the network device through the second information; when the default mode is not turned on, the terminal device can track multiple paths configured based on the second information. The reference signal determined by the loss estimation reference signal does not track the reference signal related to the downlink control channel. Once the network device has determined whether to enable the default mode for the terminal device, it can determine the reference signal tracked by the terminal device.
这样,网络设备和终端设备均能够根据默认模式是否开启,确定待跟踪的参考信号是哪些参考信号,使得终端设备和网络设备对齐终端设备跟踪了哪些参考信号。网络设备后续若需要终端设备调整上行发送功率,可以确定一个合适的参考信号,并向终端设备指示该参考信号。若该参考信号是该终端设备跟踪了的参考信号中的一个参考信号,由于该终端设备一直维护着该参考信号对应的路损估计值,可以及时调整上行发送功率,不会出现不必要的调整时延;若该参考信号是该终端设备未跟踪的参考信号,终端设备可以利用一段额外的时间来跟踪该网络设备指示的参考信号,获得路损估计值,再调整上行发送功率。由于网络设备知道终端设备未跟踪该参考信号,需要一段额外的时间来调整,因此,该网络设备不会重复地发送功率调整的指示,不会出现信令冗余的情况。In this way, both the network device and the terminal device can determine which reference signals are the reference signals to be tracked according to whether the default mode is turned on, so that the terminal device and the network device align which reference signals the terminal device has tracked. If the network device subsequently needs the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power, it can determine an appropriate reference signal and indicate the reference signal to the terminal device. If the reference signal is one of the reference signals tracked by the terminal device, since the terminal device always maintains the estimated path loss corresponding to the reference signal, the uplink transmission power can be adjusted in time without unnecessary adjustments. Time delay; if the reference signal is a reference signal that the terminal device has not tracked, the terminal device can use an extra period of time to track the reference signal indicated by the network device, obtain the path loss estimate, and then adjust the uplink transmission power. Since the network device knows that the terminal device has not tracked the reference signal and needs an extra period of time to adjust, the network device will not repeatedly send power adjustment instructions, and there will be no signaling redundancy.
综上,本申请实施例的跟踪参考信号的方法,通过基于特定规则确定终端设备跟踪的参考信号,从而使得终端设备和网络设备对齐终端设备跟踪了哪些参考信号,有利于提高网络设备为终端设备调整上行发送功率的效率,节省信令开销。In summary, the method for tracking reference signals in the embodiments of the present application determines the reference signals tracked by the terminal device based on specific rules, so that the terminal device and the network device align which reference signals the terminal device tracks, which is beneficial to improve the network device as a terminal device. Adjust the efficiency of uplink transmission power and save signaling overhead.
应理解,上述默认模式就是指在没有显式指示的情况下,协议规定的一个参考模式,在默认模式下,终端设备可以根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定待跟踪的参考信号。由于该默认模式是用于终端设备调整发送功率时确定待跟踪的参考信号的,因此,该默认模式也可以称为“默认发送功率确定模式”,或者,称为“第一模式”,或者其他名称,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the aforementioned default mode refers to a reference mode specified by the protocol without an explicit indication. In the default mode, the terminal device can determine the reference signal to be tracked according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel. Since the default mode is used to determine the reference signal to be tracked when the terminal device adjusts the transmit power, the default mode can also be referred to as the "default transmit power determination mode", or the "first mode", or other The name is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
上述“下行控制信道相关的参考信号”具体是指:索引最小的控制资源集(control resource set,CORESET)的传输配置指示(transmission configuration indication,TCI)状态(TCI-state)中的准同位(quasi-co-location,QCL)类型D(QCL-Type D)的参考信号资源,或者,索引最小的控制资源集(control resource set,CORESET)的准同位(quasi-co-location,QCL)假设中的QCL类型D(QCL-Type D)的参考信号资源。(a RS resource with“QCL-Type D”in the TCI-state or the QCL assumption of a CORESET with the lowest index in the active DL BWP of the scheduling cell for the serving cell.)The above-mentioned "reference signal related to the downlink control channel" specifically refers to: the transmission configuration indication (transmission configuration indication, TCI) state (TCI-state) of the control resource set (control resource set, CORESET) with the smallest index. -co-location, QCL) reference signal resources of type D (QCL-Type D), or the quasi-co-location (QCL) hypothesis of the control resource set (control resource set, CORESET) with the smallest index QCL-Type D (QCL-Type D) reference signal resource. (a RS resource with "QCL-Type D" in the TCI-state or the QCL assumption of a CORESET with the lowest index in the active DL BWP of the scheduling cell for the serving cell.)
可选地,上述默认模式为下列任一种:第一默认模式,第二默认模式,或第三默认模式;其中,在所述第一默认模式下,所述终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的待跟踪的参考信号;在所述第二默认模式下,所述终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定物理上行控制信道PUCCH的待跟踪的参考信号;在所述第三默认模式下,所述终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)的待跟踪的参考信号。Optionally, the above-mentioned default mode is any one of the following: a first default mode, a second default mode, or a third default mode; wherein, in the first default mode, the terminal device according to the downlink control channel related The reference signal determines the reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; in the second default mode, the terminal device determines the reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel; In the third default mode, the terminal device determines a reference signal to be tracked of a sounding reference signal (SRS) according to a reference signal related to a downlink control channel.
示例性地,第一默认模式可以用于终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定PUSCH的待跟踪参考信号。若第一默认模式开启,终端设备可以基于下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定待跟踪的参考信号;若第一默认模式未开启,终端设备不能基于下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定待跟踪的参考信号,因此,在配置了第一默认模式的情况下,网络设备还通过上述第二信息配置了多个路损估计参考信号,在第一默认模式未开启的情况下,终端设备可以基于该多个路损估计参考信号确定待跟踪的参考信号。可选地,该PUSCH可以为DCI格式0_0调度的PUSCH。例如,该第一默认模式可以记为enableDefaultBeamPlForPUSCH0_0,for PUSCH scheduled by DCI format 0_0。需要注意的是,除了DCI格式0_0的DCI调度的PUSCH,还有DCI格式0_1的DCI调度的PUSCH,对于DCI格式0_0的DCI所调度的PUSCH,在第一默认模式开启的情况下,终端设备可以根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定待跟踪的参考信号;而对于DCI格式0_1的DCI所调度的PUSCH,终端设备可以根据DCI格式0_1的DCI中的上行调度请求指示(schduling request indication,SRI)字段确定网络设备要求终端设备跟踪的参考信号。Exemplarily, the first default mode may be used for the terminal device to determine the reference signal to be tracked of the PUSCH according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel. If the first default mode is enabled, the terminal device can determine the reference signal to be tracked based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel; if the first default mode is not enabled, the terminal device cannot determine the reference signal to be tracked based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel Therefore, when the first default mode is configured, the network device also configures multiple path loss estimation reference signals through the above-mentioned second information. When the first default mode is not enabled, the terminal device can be based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals. The path loss estimation reference signal determines the reference signal to be tracked. Optionally, the PUSCH may be a PUSCH scheduled by DCI format 0_0. For example, the first default mode may be recorded as enableDefaultBeamPlForPUSCH0_0, for PUSCH scheduled by DCI format 0_0. It should be noted that in addition to the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI of the DCI format 0_0, there are also the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI of the DCI format 0_1. For the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI of the DCI format 0_0, when the first default mode is turned on, the terminal device can The reference signal to be tracked is determined according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel; and for the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI of the DCI format 0_1, the terminal device can follow the uplink scheduling request indication (schduling request indication, SRI) field in the DCI of the DCI format 0_1 Determine the reference signal that the network device requires the terminal device to track.
示例性地,第二默认模式可以用于终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定PUCCH的待跟踪参考信号。例如,该第二默认模式可以记为enableDefaultBeamPlForPUCCH,for dedicated PUCCH。Exemplarily, the second default mode may be used for the terminal device to determine the PUCCH reference signal to be tracked according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel. For example, the second default mode may be recorded as enableDefaultBeamPlForPUCCH, for dedicated PUCCH.
示例性地,第三默认模式可以用于终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定SRS的待跟踪参考信号。例如,该第三默认模式可以记为enableDefaultBeamPlForSRS,for dedicated SRS。Exemplarily, the third default mode may be used for the terminal device to determine the reference signal to be tracked of the SRS according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel. For example, the third default mode may be recorded as enableDefaultBeamPlForSRS, for dedicated SRS.
应理解,除了上面列出的名称之外,这些默认模式还可以具有其他名称,即本申请实施例对上述第一默认模式、第二默认模式以及第三默认模式的名称不作限定。It should be understood that in addition to the names listed above, these default modes may also have other names, that is, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the names of the first default mode, the second default mode, and the third default mode.
在第一信息中,以第一默认模式为例,该第一默认模式开启的具体信令体现为enableDefaultBeamPlForPUSCH0_0字段的取值为ON或者enable;该第一默认模式不开启的具体信令体现为enableDefaultBeamPlForPUSCH0_0字段的取值为OFF或者disable,或者整个字段都不配置(absent),本申请实施例对此不作限定。第二默认模式和第三默认模式类似,此处不再一一列举。In the first information, taking the first default mode as an example, the specific signaling that the first default mode is turned on is embodied as the enableDefaultBeamPlForPUSCH0_0 field whose value is ON or enable; the specific signaling that the first default mode is not turned on is embodied as enableDefaultBeamPlForPUSCH0_0 The value of the field is OFF or disable, or the entire field is not configured (absent), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The second default mode is similar to the third default mode, and will not be listed here.
下面,详细介绍在默认模式未开启的情况下,终端设备是如何确定待跟踪的参考信号的。The following describes in detail how the terminal device determines the reference signal to be tracked when the default mode is not turned on.
如上所述,若默认模式未开启,终端设备可以跟踪基于上述第二信息配置的多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪下行控制信道相关的参考信号。但是,由于终端设备能够跟踪的参考信号的数目有限(例如,终端设备最多可以跟踪4个参考信号),若第 二信息配置的路损估计参考信号的数目大于终端设备能够跟踪的参考信号的数目(在一种可能的实现方式中,第二信息用于指示64个PL RS),那么,终端设备可以按照下列方式,从多个路损估计参考信号中选择待跟踪的参考信号。As described above, if the default mode is not enabled, the terminal device can track the reference signal determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals configured by the second information, and not the reference signal related to the downlink control channel. However, since the number of reference signals that can be tracked by the terminal device is limited (for example, the terminal device can track up to 4 reference signals), if the number of path loss estimation reference signals configured by the second information is greater than the number of reference signals that can be tracked by the terminal device (In a possible implementation manner, the second information is used to indicate 64 PL RS), then, the terminal device can select the reference signal to be tracked from the multiple path loss estimation reference signals in the following manner.
1、终端设备可以选择多个路损估计参考信号中标识最小或标识最大的M个路损估计参考信号。1. The terminal device can select the M path loss estimation reference signals with the smallest identifier or the largest identifier among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
作为一个可选的实施例,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中标识最小的M个路损估计参考信号;或者,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中标识最大的M个路损估计参考信号;其中,M为预定义或所述终端设备向所述网络设备上报的正整数。As an optional embodiment, the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are the M path loss estimation reference signals with the smallest identification among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; or, the The reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are the M path loss estimation reference signals with the largest identifiers among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; where M is a predefined or the terminal device sends to the A positive integer reported by the network device.
上述标识(ID)也可以替换为索引(index),本申请实施例对此不作限定。The above identification (ID) can also be replaced with an index (index), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备配置的路损估计参考信号为CSI-RS,则终端设备可以选择标识最小或标识最大的M个CSI-RS作为待跟踪的参考信号。In a possible implementation manner, the path loss estimation reference signal configured by the network device is a CSI-RS, and the terminal device can select M CSI-RSs with the smallest or largest identities as the reference signals to be tracked.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备配置的路损估计参考信号为SSB,则终端设备可以选择标识最小或标识最大的M个SSB作为待跟踪的参考信号。In another possible implementation manner, the path loss estimation reference signal configured by the network device is the SSB, and the terminal device may select the M SSBs with the smallest or largest identification as the reference signals to be tracked.
在又一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备配置的路损估计参考信号包括CSI-RS和SSB,则终端设备可以先选择CSI-RS,再选择SSB,或者,先选择SSB,再选择CSI-RS。例如,网络设备配置了2个CSI-RS和7个SSB,M=4,终端设备可以先选择2个CSI-RS,再从7个SSB中选择标识最小或标识最大的2个SSB,或者,终端设备可以先选择SSB,即从7个SSB中选择4个标识最小或标识最大的2个SSB。又例如,网络设备配置了5个CSI-RS和5个SSB,M=4,终端设备可以从5个CSI-RS中选择标识最小或标识最大的2个CSI-RS,从5个SSB中选择标识最小或标识最大的2个SSB。In another possible implementation manner, the path loss estimation reference signal configured by the network device includes CSI-RS and SSB, and the terminal device can select CSI-RS first, then SSB, or, select SSB first, and then CSI-RS. RS. For example, the network device is configured with 2 CSI-RS and 7 SSB, M=4, the terminal device can select 2 CSI-RS first, and then select the 2 SSB with the smallest identifier or the largest identifier from the 7 SSBs, or, The terminal device can select the SSB first, that is, select the 4 smallest or largest 2 SSBs from the 7 SSBs. For another example, the network device is configured with 5 CSI-RSs and 5 SSBs, M=4, and the terminal device can select 2 CSI-RSs with the smallest or largest identity from the 5 CSI-RSs, and select from the 5 SSBs Identify the smallest or largest 2 SSBs.
应理解,在网络设备配置上述多个路损估计参考信号时,会为每个路损估计参考信号分配一个标识(例如PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id,或PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id,或SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id)。PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id为PUSCH的路损估计参考信号的标识,PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id为PUCCH的路损估计参考信号的标识,SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id为SRS的路损估计参考信号的标识。每个类型的参考信号还可以具有各自的标识,例如,网络设备为终端设备配置的3个SSB的标识(例如SSB-Index)可以为0~2,网络设备为终端设备配置的5个CSI-RS的标识(例如NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId)可以为0~4。因此,上述终端设备选择标识最小或标识最大的M个参考信号,可以是选择PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id(或PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id,或SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id)最小或最大的M个参考信号,也可以是选择SSB-Index和/或NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId最小或最大的M个参考信号。为便于区分,本申请将PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id,或PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id,或SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id称为路损估计参考信号的标识,将SSB-Index、NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId称为参考信号的资源标识。此外,每一个PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id可以关联一个SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId,在这种情况下,终端设备也可以选择SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId最小或最大的M个参考信号。It should be understood that when the network device configures the multiple path loss estimation reference signals, each path loss estimation reference signal will be assigned an identifier (for example, PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, or PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, or SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id). ). PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id is the identifier of the path loss estimation reference signal of PUSCH, PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id is the identifier of the path loss estimation reference signal of PUCCH, and SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id is the identifier of the path loss estimation reference signal of SRS. Each type of reference signal can also have its own identity. For example, the identity of the 3 SSBs configured by the network device for the terminal device (for example, SSB-Index) can be 0~2, and the 5 CSI-Index configured by the network device for the terminal device. The identifier of the RS (for example, NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId) can be 0-4. Therefore, the foregoing terminal device selects the M reference signals with the smallest or largest identifier, which may be the smallest or largest M reference signals selected by PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id (or PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, or SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id). It may select M reference signals with the smallest or largest SSB-Index and/or NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId. To facilitate the distinction, this application refers to PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, or PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, or SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id as the identifier of the path loss estimation reference signal, and SSB-Index and NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId as The resource identifier of the reference signal. In addition, each PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id can be associated with one SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId. In this case, the terminal device can also select M reference signals with the smallest or largest SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId.
可选地,考虑到网络设备为终端设备配置了PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS、PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS和SRS-PathlossReferenceRS中至少两种的情况,终端设备可 以按照某种约定的顺序进行选择。示例性地,若网络设备既为终端设备配置了PUSCH的路损估计参考信号,又为终端设备配置了PUCCH的路损估计参考信号,那么,终端设备可以先根据PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id选择PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS,再根据PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id选择PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS,或者,先根据PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id选择PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS,再根据PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id选择PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS。示例性地,若网络设备同时为终端设备配置了PUSCH的路损估计参考信号、PUCCH的路损估计参考信号以及SRS的路损估计参考信号,那么,终端设备可以按照先PUSCH、再PUCCH、后SRS的顺序选择,或者按照先PUSCH、再SRS、后PUCCH的顺序选择,或者按照其他顺序,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, considering that the network device configures at least two of PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS, PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS, and SRS-PathlossReferenceRS for the terminal device, the terminal device can select according to a certain agreed order. Exemplarily, if the network device configures both the PUSCH path loss estimation reference signal for the terminal device and the PUCCH path loss estimation reference signal for the terminal device, then the terminal device can first select PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id according to PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id. PathlossReferenceRS, then select PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS according to PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, or first select PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS according to PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, and then select PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS according to PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id. Exemplarily, if the network device configures the PUSCH path loss estimation reference signal, the PUCCH path loss estimation reference signal, and the SRS path loss estimation reference signal for the terminal device at the same time, then the terminal device can follow the PUSCH first, then PUCCH, and then The order of SRS is selected, or selected in the order of PUSCH first, SRS second, and PUCCH second, or in other order, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
综上所述,上述标识可以是下列至少一种:PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id、PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id、SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId、SSB-Index或NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In summary, the above-mentioned identifier may be at least one of the following: PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId, SSB-Index or NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId, which is the case in the embodiment of this application. Not limited.
作为一个可选的实施例,考虑到上述默认模式包括第一默认模式、第二默认模式和第三默认模式,对于第一默认模式,即对于PUSCH,终端设备可以选择PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id最小或最大的M个参考信号,作为该终端设备跟踪的参考信号;对于第二默认模式,即对于PUCCH,终端设备可以选择PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id最小或最大的M个参考信号,作为该终端设备跟踪的参考信号;对于第三默认模式,即对于SRS,终端设备可以选择SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id最小或最大的M个参考信号,作为该终端设备跟踪的参考信号。As an optional embodiment, considering that the above-mentioned default modes include the first default mode, the second default mode, and the third default mode, for the first default mode, that is, for the PUSCH, the terminal device may select the smallest PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id or The largest M reference signals are used as the reference signals tracked by the terminal device; for the second default mode, that is, for PUCCH, the terminal device can select the M reference signals with the smallest or largest PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id as the reference signals tracked by the terminal device. Reference signal; For the third default mode, that is, for SRS, the terminal device can select M reference signals with the smallest or largest SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id as the reference signals tracked by the terminal device.
作为一个可选的实施例,若网络设备为终端设备配置了PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS、PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS和SRS-PathlossReferenceRS中的至少两种,网络设备应该保证相同的路损估计参考信号标识(例如,PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id,PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id和SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id)的参考信号也具有相同的的资源标识(例如SSB-Index或NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId)。也就是说,相同的路损估计参考信号标识指示的是同一个参考信号。示例性地,网络设备为终端设备配置了PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS和SRS-PathlossReferenceRS,终端设备根据PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id确定的M个参考信号和终端设备根据SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id确定的M个参考信号相同。这样,终端设备不需要分别为每个上行信道或信号都分别跟踪不同的M个参考信号,降低了终端设备的复杂度和功耗。As an optional embodiment, if the network device configures at least two of PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS, PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS, and SRS-PathlossReferenceRS for the terminal device, the network device should ensure the same path loss estimation reference signal identifier (for example, PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS). The reference signals of PathlossReferenceRS-Id, PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id and SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id also have the same resource identifier (for example, SSB-Index or NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId). That is to say, the same path loss estimation reference signal identifier indicates the same reference signal. Exemplarily, the network device configures PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS and SRS-PathlossReferenceRS for the terminal device, and the M reference signals determined by the terminal device according to the PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id are the same as the M reference signals determined by the terminal device according to the SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id. In this way, the terminal device does not need to track different M reference signals separately for each uplink channel or signal, which reduces the complexity and power consumption of the terminal device.
2、终端设备可以选择多个路损估计参考信号中发送周期最长或发送周期最短的M个路损估计参考信号。2. The terminal device can select the M path loss estimation reference signals with the longest transmission period or the shortest transmission period among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
作为一个可选的实施例,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中发送周期最短的M个路损估计参考信号;或者,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中发送周期最长的M个路损估计参考信号;其中,M为预定义或所述终端设备向所述网络设备上报的正整数。As an optional embodiment, the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are M path loss estimation reference signals with the shortest transmission period among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; or, The reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are M path loss estimation reference signals with the longest transmission period among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; where M is a predefined or the terminal device A positive integer reported to the network device.
应理解,上述路损估计参考信号是网络设备发送给终端设备的,因此,上述发送周期对终端设备而言,也可以称为测量周期,这二者是等价的,本申请实施例对其叫法不作限 定。It should be understood that the aforementioned path loss estimation reference signal is sent by the network device to the terminal device. Therefore, for the terminal device, the aforementioned transmission period may also be referred to as a measurement period. The two are equivalent. The name is not limited.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备配置的路损估计参考信号为CSI-RS,则终端设备可以选择发送周期最长或发送周期最短的M个CSI-RS作为待跟踪的参考信号。In a possible implementation manner, the path loss estimation reference signal configured by the network device is a CSI-RS, and the terminal device can select M CSI-RSs with the longest transmission period or the shortest transmission period as the reference signals to be tracked.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备配置的路损估计参考信号为SSB,则终端设备可以选择发送周期最长或发送周期最短的M个SSB作为待跟踪的参考信号。In another possible implementation manner, the path loss estimation reference signal configured by the network device is an SSB, and the terminal device may select M SSBs with the longest or shortest transmission period as the reference signals to be tracked.
在又一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备配置的路损估计参考信号包括CSI-RS和SSB,则终端设备可以先选择CSI-RS,再选择SSB,或者,先选择SSB,再选择CSI-RS。例如,网络设备配置了2个CSI-RS和7个SSB,M=4,终端设备可以先选择2个CSI-RS,再从7个SSB中选择发送周期最长或发送周期最短的2个SSB,或者,终端设备可以先选择SSB,即从7个SSB中选择4个发送周期最长或发送周期最短的2个SSB。又例如,网络设备配置了5个CSI-RS和5个SSB,M=4,终端设备可以从5个CSI-RS中选择发送周期最长或发送周期最短的2个CSI-RS,从5个SSB中选择发送周期最长或发送周期最短的2个SSB。In another possible implementation manner, the path loss estimation reference signal configured by the network device includes CSI-RS and SSB, and the terminal device can select CSI-RS first, then SSB, or, select SSB first, and then CSI-RS. RS. For example, the network device is configured with 2 CSI-RS and 7 SSB, M=4, the terminal device can select 2 CSI-RS first, and then select the 2 SSB with the longest transmission period or the shortest transmission period from the 7 SSBs Or, the terminal device can select the SSB first, that is, select 4 SSBs with the longest transmission period or the 2 SSBs with the shortest transmission period from the 7 SSBs. For another example, the network device is configured with 5 CSI-RS and 5 SSB, M=4, the terminal device can select the 2 CSI-RS with the longest transmission period or the shortest transmission period from the 5 CSI-RS, from 5 CSI-RS The 2 SSBs with the longest or shortest transmission period are selected in the SSB.
上述M可以为预定义的正整数,也可以是终端设备向网络设备上报的正整数。可选地,M可以由终端设备通过能力信息(本文称为第二能力信息)上报给网络设备,即该终端设备向网络设备上报第二能力信息,该第二能力信息用于指示每个CC支持的最大可跟踪的路损估计参考信号的数目M。网络设备根据M和上述规则,便可以确定出终端设备所跟踪的参考信号。The foregoing M may be a predefined positive integer, or a positive integer reported by the terminal device to the network device. Optionally, M may be reported to the network device by the terminal device through capability information (referred to herein as the second capability information), that is, the terminal device reports the second capability information to the network device, and the second capability information is used to indicate each CC The number M of the maximum trackable path loss estimation reference signal supported. The network equipment can determine the reference signal tracked by the terminal equipment according to M and the above-mentioned rules.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一信息和第二信息是网络设备通过同一信令发送的。示例性地,网络设备向终端设备发送无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令,该RRC信令中携带上述第一信息和第二信息。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing first information and second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling. Exemplarily, the network device sends radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling to the terminal device, and the RRC signaling carries the foregoing first information and second information.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一信息和第二信息可以是网络设备在一定时间间隔内分开发送的。例如,网络设备可以先向终端设备发送第一信息,再向终端设备发送第二信息,终端设备在接收到第一信息之后开启定时器,在定时器超时之前检测是否收到第二信息,若收到第二信息,网络设备可以按照本申请实施例的方法确定待跟踪的路损估计参考信号;若在定时器超时之前终端设备未收到第二信息,网络设备可以通过其他方式确定待跟踪的路损估计参考信号,本申请实施例对此不作限定。又例如,网络设备可以先向终端设备发送第二信息,再向终端设备发送第一信息,终端设备在接收到第二信息之后开启定时器,在定时器超时之前检测是否收到第一信息,若收到第一信息,网络设备可以按照本申请实施例的方法确定待跟踪的路损估计参考信号;若在定时器超时之前终端设备未收到第一信息,网络设备可以基于第二信息,确定待跟踪的参考信号。换句话说,网络设备可以在未收到第一信息的情况下认为默认模式未开启,从第二信息配置的多个路损估计参考信号中选择待跟踪的参考信号。In another possible implementation manner, the foregoing first information and second information may be separately sent by a network device within a certain time interval. For example, the network device may send the first information to the terminal device first, and then send the second information to the terminal device. The terminal device starts a timer after receiving the first information, and detects whether the second information is received before the timer expires. After receiving the second information, the network device can determine the path loss estimation reference signal to be tracked according to the method of the embodiment of the present application; if the terminal device does not receive the second information before the timer expires, the network device can determine the path to be tracked in other ways The reference signal for path loss estimation is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. For another example, the network device may first send the second information to the terminal device, and then send the first information to the terminal device, the terminal device starts a timer after receiving the second information, and detects whether the first information is received before the timer expires, If the first information is received, the network device can determine the path loss estimation reference signal to be tracked according to the method of the embodiment of the present application; if the terminal device does not receive the first information before the timer expires, the network device can be based on the second information, Determine the reference signal to be tracked. In other words, the network device may consider that the default mode is not turned on without receiving the first information, and select the reference signal to be tracked from the multiple path loss estimation reference signals configured by the second information.
可选地,在S230之前,上述方法200还包括S240,网络设备向终端设备发送参考信号,该参考信号包括上述下行控制信道相关的参考信号和多个路损估计参考信号。终端设备可以根据上述方法从中选择参考信号进行跟踪,即测量参考信号并维护对应参考信号的路损估计值。Optionally, before S230, the above method 200 further includes S240. The network device sends a reference signal to the terminal device. The reference signal includes the reference signal related to the downlink control channel and multiple path loss estimation reference signals. The terminal device can select the reference signal for tracking according to the above method, that is, measure the reference signal and maintain the path loss estimation value of the corresponding reference signal.
可选地,该方法200还包括:Optionally, the method 200 further includes:
S250,网络设备向终端设备发送第三信息,则对应地,终端设备接收该第三信息;该 第三信息用于指示第一参考信号;S250: The network device sends third information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the third information; the third information is used to indicate the first reference signal;
S260,终端设备基于获得的路损估计值,调整上行发送功率。S260: The terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power based on the obtained path loss estimation value.
具体而言,网络设备在需要终端设备调整上行发送功率时,可以向终端设备发送第三信息,指示第一参考信号。该第一参考信号可以是一个参考信号,也可以是多个参考信号,本申请实施例对此不作限定。终端设备接收到该第三信息,根据该第三信息的指示调整该终端设备的上行发送功率。Specifically, when the network device needs the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power, it may send the third information to the terminal device, indicating the first reference signal. The first reference signal may be one reference signal or multiple reference signals, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The terminal device receives the third information, and adjusts the uplink transmission power of the terminal device according to the indication of the third information.
在本申请实施例中,调整后的上行发送功率在所述终端设备接收到所述第三信息的第一时间段之后生效。即调整后的上行发送功率的生效时刻为:终端设备接收到第三信息的时刻加第一时间段。在调整后的上行发送功率生效之前,终端设备可以执行下列步骤中的一项或多项:In the embodiment of the present application, the adjusted uplink transmission power takes effect after the first time period when the terminal device receives the third information. That is, the effective time of the adjusted uplink transmission power is: the time when the terminal device receives the third information plus the first time period. Before the adjusted uplink transmit power takes effect, the terminal device can perform one or more of the following steps:
1、终端设备可以继续使用之前网络设备指示的路损估计参考信号的路损估计值。1. The terminal device can continue to use the path loss estimation value of the path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the previous network device.
2、终端设备可以继续跟踪之前网络设备指示的路损估计参考信号。2. The terminal device can continue to track the path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the previous network device.
3、终端设备可以使用一个默认的路损估计参考信号的路损估计值。3. The terminal equipment can use a default path loss estimation reference signal path loss estimation value.
4、终端设备可以跟踪一个默认的路损估计参考信号。4. The terminal equipment can track a default path loss estimation reference signal.
应理解,上述“之前网络设备指示的路损估计参考信号”是指:终端设备在接收到来自网络设备的第三信息之前,网络设备通过其他信息向终端设备指示了路损估计参考信号。其中,上述“默认的路损估计参考信号”可以是随机接入过程中的参考信号,或者是终端设备最近一次使用过的路损估计参考信号,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the "previous path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the network device" refers to: before the terminal device receives the third information from the network device, the network device indicates the path loss estimation reference signal to the terminal device through other information. The above-mentioned "default path loss estimation reference signal" may be a reference signal in a random access process, or a path loss estimation reference signal last used by a terminal device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
作为一个可选的实施例,若所述第一参考信号均属于所述终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X;或者,若所述第一参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号不属于所述终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X+T;其中,X为预定义或预配置的参数,T为所述终端设备测量所述第一参考信号获得路损估计值的时长。As an optional embodiment, if the first reference signal belongs to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the first time period is X; or, if all or all of the first reference signals are Part of the reference signal does not belong to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, then the first time period is X+T; where X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter, and T is the terminal device measuring the first The length of time the reference signal obtains the estimated path loss value.
示例性地,该终端设备可以将该第三信息所指示的第一参考信号与该终端设备跟踪的参考信号进行比较,若该第一参考信号属于终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则该终端设备可以直接根据一直维护着的该参考信号的路损估计值,及时调整该终端设备的上行发送功率;若该第一参考信号不属于终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则终端设备需要一段额外的时间(即上述T)来跟踪该第一参考信号,获得路损估计值,再根据获得的路损估计值,调整该终端设备的上行发送功率。因此,终端设备调整后的上行发送功率在该终端设备接收到第三信息的第一时间段之后生效。Exemplarily, the terminal device may compare the first reference signal indicated by the third information with the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, and if the first reference signal belongs to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the terminal device The uplink transmission power of the terminal device can be adjusted directly according to the estimated path loss of the reference signal that has been maintained; if the first reference signal does not belong to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the terminal device needs an extra period of time (I.e., the above-mentioned T) to track the first reference signal to obtain an estimated path loss, and then adjust the uplink transmission power of the terminal device according to the obtained estimated path loss. Therefore, the adjusted uplink transmission power of the terminal device takes effect after the first time period when the terminal device receives the third information.
上述X可以是预定义的时间长度,也可以是网络设备配置的时间长度,还可以是终端设备上报的时间长度,本申请实施例对此不作限定。示例性地,X可以用于终端设备解读第三信息的内容,例如X=3ms。示例性地,X可以用于终端设备解读第三信息的内容,以及将获得的路损估计值从该终端设备的上层下发到该终端设备的物理层。例如X=5ms,其中,3ms用于终端设备解读第三信息的内容,2ms用于终端设备将获得的路损估计值从该终端设备的上层下发到该终端设备的物理层。The foregoing X may be a predefined time length, a time length configured by a network device, or a time length reported by a terminal device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, X may be used for the terminal device to interpret the content of the third information, for example, X=3ms. Exemplarily, X may be used for the terminal device to interpret the content of the third information, and to deliver the obtained path loss estimation value from the upper layer of the terminal device to the physical layer of the terminal device. For example, X=5ms, where 3ms is used for the terminal device to interpret the content of the third information, and 2ms is used for the terminal device to deliver the obtained path loss estimation value from the upper layer of the terminal device to the physical layer of the terminal device.
上述T为终端设备测量第一参考信号获得路损估计值的时长,示例性地,T可以为终端设备测量第一参考信号,获得多个(例如5个)测量样本(measurement sample)的时长,但本申请实施例对此不作限定。The foregoing T is the time period for the terminal device to measure the first reference signal to obtain the path loss estimate. Illustratively, T may be the time period for the terminal device to measure the first reference signal to obtain multiple (for example, 5) measurement samples. However, the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
可选地,上述第三信息可以为MAC-CE信令,本申请实施例对此也不作限定。Optionally, the foregoing third information may be MAC-CE signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
作为一个可选的实施例,上述方法还包括:终端设备向网络设备发送第一能力信息和/或第二能力信息,该第一能力信息用于指示每个载波分量CC支持的最大可配置的路损估计参考信号的数目,该第二能力信息用于指示每个CC支持的最大可跟踪的路损估计参考信号的数目。As an optional embodiment, the above method further includes: the terminal device sends first capability information and/or second capability information to the network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate the maximum configurable capacity supported by each carrier component CC The number of path loss estimation reference signals, and the second capability information is used to indicate the maximum trackable number of path loss estimation reference signals supported by each CC.
这样,网络设备可以根据终端设备上报的第一能力信息,确定上述第二信息所配置的多个路损估计参考信号的数目。应理解,该多个路损估计参考信号的数目小于或等于上述第一能力信息中终端设备所上报的数目。In this way, the network device can determine the number of multiple path loss estimation reference signals configured by the second information according to the first capability information reported by the terminal device. It should be understood that the number of the multiple path loss estimation reference signals is less than or equal to the number reported by the terminal device in the above-mentioned first capability information.
作为一个可选的实施例,上述方法还包括:终端设备向网络设备发送第三能力信息和/或第四能力信息,该第三能力信息用于指示终端设备支持的最大可配置的路损估计参考信号的数目,该第四能力信息用于指示终端设备支持的最大可跟踪的路损估计参考信号的数目。As an optional embodiment, the above method further includes: the terminal device sends third capability information and/or fourth capability information to the network device, where the third capability information is used to indicate the maximum configurable path loss estimation supported by the terminal device The number of reference signals, where the fourth capability information is used to indicate the number of maximum trackable path loss estimation reference signals supported by the terminal device.
应理解,终端设备支持的最大可配置的路损估计参考信号的数目可以是所有CC支持的最大可配置的路损估计参考信号的数目之和,终端设备支持的最大可跟踪的路损估计参考信号的数目可以是所有CC支持的最大可跟踪的路损估计参考信号的数目之和。It should be understood that the number of maximum configurable path loss estimation reference signals supported by the terminal device may be the sum of the number of maximum configurable path loss estimation reference signals supported by all CCs, and the maximum traceable path loss estimation reference signal supported by the terminal device The number of signals may be the sum of the number of maximum trackable path loss estimation reference signals supported by all CCs.
下面,结合一个具体的示例对本申请实施例的方法200进行详细介绍。In the following, the method 200 of the embodiment of the present application will be introduced in detail with reference to a specific example.
网络设备可以向终端设备发送RRC信令,通过该RRC信令为终端设备配置如下信息:The network device can send RRC signaling to the terminal device, and the terminal device is configured with the following information through the RRC signaling:
1、是否开启默认模式,即上述第一信息;1. Whether to enable the default mode, that is, the above first information;
2、下行控制信道相关的配置信息,其中,与本申请实施例相关的主要是PDCCH CORESET TCI-state的配置。示例性地,按照R16标准,每个载波分量(carrier component,CC)只能有一个BWP处于激活模式。每个CC的每个BWP都可以配置多个CORESET,每个CORESET由其ID标识。CORESET ID在CC内是唯一的。对于每个CORESET,可以通过tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList和tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList来配置一个或多个TCI-state。如果每个CORESET配置的TCI-state数目大于1,那么具体使用哪一个TCI-state还需要网络设备发送MAC-CE信令进行激活。每个TCI-state中包含1个或2个QCL类型,每个QCL类型对应一个参考信号。按照现有协议规范,QCL类型D对应的参考信号可以作为默认模式下的PL RS。但应理解,在一种可能的实现方式中,其他QCL类型对应的参考信号也可以作为默认模式下的PL RS,本申请实施例对此不作限定。2. Configuration information related to the downlink control channel. Among them, the configuration of the PDCCH CORESET TCI-state is mainly related to the embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, according to the R16 standard, each carrier component (CC) can only have one BWP in the active mode. Each BWP of each CC can be configured with multiple CORESETs, and each CORESET is identified by its ID. CORESET ID is unique in CC. For each CORESET, one or more TCI-states can be configured through tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList and tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList. If the number of TCI-states configured for each CORESET is greater than 1, then which TCI-state is used specifically requires the network device to send MAC-CE signaling for activation. Each TCI-state contains 1 or 2 QCL types, and each QCL type corresponds to a reference signal. According to the existing protocol specifications, the reference signal corresponding to QCL type D can be used as the PL RS in the default mode. However, it should be understood that, in a possible implementation manner, reference signals corresponding to other QCL types may also be used as PL RS in the default mode, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,终端设备可以向网络设备上报是否能够支持其他QCL类型对应的参考信号作为默认模式下的PL RS;或者,终端设备在能够支持其他QCL类型对应的参考信号作为默认模式下的PL RS的情况下,向网络设备上报支持其他QCL类型对应的参考信号作为默认模式下的PL RS,在不支持其他QCL类型对应的参考信号作为默认模式下的PL RS的情况下,不向网络设备上报,网络设备默认终端设备支持QCL类型D对应的参考信号作为默认模式下的PL RS。Optionally, the terminal device can report to the network device whether it can support reference signals corresponding to other QCL types as the PL RS in the default mode; or the terminal device can support reference signals corresponding to other QCL types as the PL RS in the default mode In the case of PL RS in the default mode, the reference signal corresponding to other QCL types is reported to the network device, and the PL RS in the default mode is not reported to the network device if the reference signal corresponding to other QCL types is not supported as the PL RS in the default mode , The network device defaults that the terminal device supports the reference signal corresponding to the QCL type D as the PL RS in the default mode.
示例性地,上述关于CORESET的配置如下:Exemplarily, the above-mentioned configuration of CORESET is as follows:
示例性地,上述关于TCI-state的配置如下:Exemplarily, the above-mentioned configuration of TCI-state is as follows:
3、路损估计参考信号PL RS的配置信息(即上述第二信息),在本申请实施例中,网络设备最多可以配置64个PL RS。可选地,可以通过参数maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs限制PL RS的最大可配置数目。网络设备可配置的PL RS的数目不应该大于终端设备通过第一能力信息上报的每个CC支持的最大可配置的PL RS数目。3. The configuration information of the path loss estimation reference signal PL RS (that is, the above-mentioned second information). In the embodiment of the present application, the network device can configure a maximum of 64 PL RS. Optionally, the maximum configurable number of PL RSs can be limited by the parameter maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs. The number of PL RS configurable by the network device should not be greater than the maximum configurable number of PL RS supported by each CC reported by the terminal device through the first capability information.
示例性地,上述关于PL RS的配置如下:Exemplarily, the above-mentioned configuration of PL RS is as follows:
示例性地,每一个PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id可以关联一个SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId,具体可以配置如下:Exemplarily, each PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id can be associated with one SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId, which can be specifically configured as follows:
4、是否开启通过MAC-CE更新PL RS的信息,示例性地,enablePLRSupdateForPUSCHSRS字段的取值为ON或者enable,表示开启;enablePLRSupdateForPUSCHSRS字段的取值为OFF或者disable,或者整个字段都不配置(absent),表示不开启。在本申请实施例中,开启通过MAC-CE更新PL RS。4. Whether to enable the update of PL RS information through MAC-CE, for example, the value of the enablePLRSupdateForPUSCHSRS field is ON or enable, which means it is enabled; the value of the enablePLRSupdateForPUSCHSRS field is OFF or disable, or the entire field is not configured (absent) , Which means it is not turned on. In the embodiment of this application, the update of PL RS through MAC-CE is enabled.
然后,网络设备向终端设备发送参考信号,终端设备可以按照上述方法,确定默认模式是否开启,并进一步确定待跟踪的参考信号,从而跟踪参考信号进行路损估计。具体地,若第一信息指示开启默认模式,则终端设备不跟踪通过PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS配置的PL RS,跟踪下行控制信道相关的参考信号进行路损估计(If default pathloss mode was enabled,UE is not required to track any additional pathloss RS other than default pathloss RS);若第一信息指示不开启默认模式,则终端设备跟踪通过PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS配置的PL RS进行路损估计,不跟踪下行控制信道相关的参考信号。可选地,当PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS配置的PL RS的数目大于终端设备能够跟踪的参考信号的数目M时,终端设备可以按照上述方法(根据标识或发送周期选择)确定M个待跟踪的参考信号。示例性地,M=4,若配置的PL RS的数量大于4,终端设备只需要跟踪4个ID最小的PL SR。(UE is only required to track 4pathloss RS with lowest IDs,if configured number of pathloss RSs is larger than 4.)这里的标识可以是上述PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id、PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id、SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId、SSB-Index或NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId中的至少一个,此处不再赘述。Then, the network device sends a reference signal to the terminal device, and the terminal device can determine whether the default mode is enabled according to the above method, and further determine the reference signal to be tracked, so as to track the reference signal for path loss estimation. Specifically, if the first information indicates that the default mode is enabled, the terminal device does not track the PL RS configured through PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS, and tracks the reference signal related to the downlink control channel for path loss estimation (If default pathloss mode was enabled, UE is not required) to track any additional pathloss RS other than default pathloss RS); if the first information indicates that the default mode is not enabled, the terminal device tracks the PL RS configured through PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS for path loss estimation, and does not track reference signals related to the downlink control channel. Optionally, when the number of PL RSs configured by PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS is greater than the number M of reference signals that the terminal device can track, the terminal device may determine M reference signals to be tracked according to the above method (selected according to the identification or transmission period). Exemplarily, M=4, if the number of configured PL RS is greater than 4, the terminal device only needs to track the 4 PL SRs with the smallest ID. (UE is only required to track 4pathloss RS with lowest IDs, if configured number of pathloss RSs is larger than 4.) The identifier here can be the above PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId, SSB -At least one of Index or NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId, which will not be repeated here.
接着,当网络设备需要终端设备调整发送功率时,网络设备可以向终端设备发送MAC-CE信令,指示一个参考信号,终端设备接收该MAC-CE信令,并根据该参考信号是否属于该终端设备跟踪的参考信号,获得路损估计值,调整该终端设备的上行发送功率。Then, when the network device needs the terminal device to adjust the transmission power, the network device can send MAC-CE signaling to the terminal device, indicating a reference signal, and the terminal device receives the MAC-CE signaling and determines whether the reference signal belongs to the terminal. The reference signal tracked by the equipment obtains the estimated path loss and adjusts the uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment.
本申请实施例的跟踪参考信号的方法,通过基于特定规则确定终端设备跟踪的参考信 号,从而使得终端设备和网络设备对齐终端设备跟踪了哪些参考信号,有利于提高网络设备为终端设备调整上行发送功率的效率,节省信令开销。The method for tracking reference signals in the embodiments of the present application determines the reference signals tracked by the terminal device based on specific rules, so that the terminal device and the network device align which reference signals the terminal device tracks, which is conducive to improving the network device to adjust the uplink transmission for the terminal device. Power efficiency saves signaling overhead.
在本申请的一种可能的实现方式中,以SRS为例,如果终端设备被配置为开启MAC CE更新路损估计参考信号功能(即enablePLRSupdateForPUSCHSRS),那么网络设备向终端设备发送MAC CE,为一个非周期或者半持续的SRS资源集合指示SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id,其对应一个参考信号的资源标识q
d。如果终端设备接收到的SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id大于3,并且终端设备没有被配置SRS的默认模式(即上述第三默认模式enableDefaultBeamPlForSRS),那么终端设备从
之后的2毫秒的第一个时隙开始应用该MAC CE的配置,其中,k是终端设备发送针对该MAC CE的HARQ-ACK的时隙,μ是发送该HARQ-ACK所使用的***参数指示(示例性地,
相当于上述X,等于3毫秒),T
pathloss是在路损估计参考信号的TCI状态已知的情况下,获得路损估计参考信号的第5个测量样本所需的时间(T
pathloss相当于上述T,第5个测量样本仅仅为示例)。
In a possible implementation of this application, taking SRS as an example, if the terminal device is configured to enable the MAC CE update path loss estimation reference signal function (ie enablePLRSupdateForPUSCHSRS), then the network device sends MAC CE to the terminal device, which is a The aperiodic or semi-persistent SRS resource set indicates SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id, which corresponds to a resource identifier q d of a reference signal. If the SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id received by the terminal device is greater than 3, and the terminal device is not configured with the default mode of SRS (that is, the third default mode enableDefaultBeamPlForSRS), then the terminal device The first time slot of 2 milliseconds after that starts to apply the MAC CE configuration, where k is the time slot for the terminal device to send the HARQ-ACK for the MAC CE, and μ is the system parameter indicator used to send the HARQ-ACK (Exemplarily, Equivalent to the above X, equal to 3 milliseconds), T pathloss is the time required to obtain the fifth measurement sample of the path loss estimation reference signal when the TCI state of the path loss estimation reference signal is known (T pathloss is equivalent to the above T, the fifth measurement sample is just an example).
(If the UE is provided enablePLRSupdateForPUSCHSRS,a MAC CE can provide by SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id a corresponding RS resource index q
d for aperiodic or semi-persistent SRS resource set q
s.
(If the UE is provided enablePLRSupdateForPUSCHSRS, a MAC CE can provide by SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id a corresponding RS resource index q d for aperiodic or semi-persistent SRS resource set q s .
If the UE receives a MAC CE activation command for one SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id larger than 3and the UE is not provided enableDefaultBeamPlForSRS,the UE applies the activation command in the first slot that is 2ms after slot
where k is the slot where the UE would transmit a PUCCH with HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH providing the activation command,μis the SCS configuration for the PUCCH and T
pathloss is time for 5th measurement sample of the pathloss RS if the TCI state of the pathloss RS is known as described in[10,TS 38.133].)
If the UE receives a MAC CE activation command for one SRS-PathlossReferenceRS-Id larger than 3and the UE is not provided enableDefaultBeamPlForSRS, the UE applies the activation command in the first slot that is 2ms after slot where k is the slot where the UE would transmit a PUCCH with HARQ-ACK information for the PDSCH providing the activation command, μis the SCS configuration for the PUCCH and T pathloss is time for 5th measurement sample of the pathloss RS if the TCI state of the pathloss RS is known as described in[10,TS 38.133].)
PUSCH和PUCCH的示例与上述SRS的示例类似,此处不再赘述。Examples of PUSCH and PUCCH are similar to the above-mentioned SRS example, and will not be repeated here.
图3示出了本申请实施例提供的跟踪参考信号的方法300的示意性流程图。该方法可以应用于图1所示的通信***中,但本申请实施例对此不作限定。该方法300包括:FIG. 3 shows a schematic flowchart of a method 300 for tracking a reference signal provided by an embodiment of the present application. This method can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1, but the embodiment of the present application does not limit this. The method 300 includes:
S310,网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,则对应地,该终端设备接收该第一信息;该第一信息用于配置L个基础的路损估计参考信号,L为小于或等于4的正整数。S310. The network device sends first information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first information correspondingly; the first information is used to configure L basic path loss estimation reference signals, where L is a positive value less than or equal to 4. Integer.
S320,网络设备向终端设备发送第二信息,则对应地,该终端设备接收该第二信息;该第二信息用于配置K个额外的路损估计参考信号,该K个额外的路损估计参考信号与该L个基础的路损估计参考信号不同,K为正整数。S320. The network device sends second information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the second information correspondingly; the second information is used to configure K additional path loss estimation reference signals, and the K additional path loss estimates The reference signal is different from the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and K is a positive integer.
S330,终端设备跟踪上述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,不跟踪上述K个额外的路损估计参考信号。S330. The terminal device tracks the aforementioned L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and does not track the aforementioned K additional path loss estimation reference signals.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以为终端设备配置两类路损估计参考信号,一类为基础的路损估计参考信号,另一类为额外的路损估计参考信号,其中,额外的路损估计参考信号是无需终端设备跟踪的,这样,终端设备可以仅跟踪基础的路损估计参考信号,且与网络设备对齐终端设备跟踪了哪些参考信号。网络设备后续若需要终端设备立即调整上行发送功率,可以指示该终端设备跟踪了的参考信号中的一个参考信号,由于该终端设备一直维护着该参考信号对应的路损估计值,可以及时调整上行发送功率,不会出现不必要的调整时延;若网络设备不需要终端设备立即调整上行发送功率,该网络设备可以指示该终端设备未跟踪的参考信号,终端设备可以利用一段额外的时间来跟踪该网络设备指示的参 考信号,获得路损估计值,再调整上行发送功率。由于网络设备知道终端设备未跟踪该参考信号,需要一段额外的时间来调整,因此,该网络设备不会重复地发送功率调整的指示,不会出现信令冗余的情况。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may configure two types of path loss estimation reference signals for the terminal equipment, one type is the base path loss estimation reference signal, and the other type is the additional path loss estimation reference signal, where the additional path The loss estimation reference signal does not need to be tracked by the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device can only track the basic path loss estimation reference signal and align with the network device which reference signals the terminal device tracks. If the network device needs the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power immediately, it can instruct one of the reference signals tracked by the terminal device. Since the terminal device always maintains the path loss estimate corresponding to the reference signal, it can adjust the uplink transmission power in time. Transmit power without unnecessary adjustment delay; if the network device does not need the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmit power immediately, the network device can indicate the reference signal that the terminal device has not tracked, and the terminal device can use an extra period of time to track The reference signal indicated by the network device obtains the estimated path loss, and then adjusts the uplink transmission power. Since the network device knows that the terminal device has not tracked the reference signal and needs an extra period of time to adjust, the network device will not repeatedly send power adjustment instructions, and signaling redundancy will not occur.
综上,本申请实施例的跟踪参考信号的方法,通过基于特定规则确定终端设备跟踪的参考信号,从而使得终端设备和网络设备对齐终端设备跟踪了哪些参考信号,有利于提高网络设备为终端设备调整上行发送功率的效率,节省信令开销。In summary, the method for tracking reference signals in the embodiments of the present application determines the reference signals tracked by the terminal device based on specific rules, so that the terminal device and the network device align which reference signals the terminal device tracks, which is beneficial to improve the network device as a terminal device. Adjust the efficiency of uplink transmission power and save signaling overhead.
可选地,上述L个基础的路损估计参考信号为R15中网络设备为终端设备配置的路损估计参考信号,数目小于或等于4。本申请实施例是在R15标准的基础之上,新增了一个信息用于配置额外的路损估计参考信号(即第二信息)。Optionally, the aforementioned L basic path loss estimation reference signals are path loss estimation reference signals configured by the network device in R15 for the terminal device, and the number is less than or equal to 4. The embodiment of this application is based on the R15 standard and adds a piece of information for configuring an additional path loss estimation reference signal (that is, the second information).
作为一个可选的实施例,所述第一信息和所述第二信息是所述网络设备通过同一信令发送的。示例性地,网络设备向终端设备发送无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令,该RRC信令中携带上述第一信息和第二信息。As an optional embodiment, the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling. Exemplarily, the network device sends radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling to the terminal device, and the RRC signaling carries the foregoing first information and second information.
示例性地,在上述信令中,第一信息可以占用一部分字段(例如PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS),第二信息可以占用另一部分字段(例如PUSCH-AdditionalPathlossReferenceRS),终端设备在接收到该信令后,便可以根据各个字段的位置识别出该第一信息和第二信息。Exemplarily, in the above signaling, the first information may occupy a part of the field (for example, PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS), and the second information may occupy another part of the field (for example, PUSCH-AdditionalPathlossReferenceRS). After receiving the signaling, the terminal device The first information and the second information can be identified according to the position of each field.
作为一个可选的实施例,所述第一信息和第二信息可以是网络设备在一定时间间隔内分开发送的。例如,网络设备可以先向终端设备发送第一信息,再向终端设备发送第二信息,终端设备在接收到第一信息之后开启定时器,在定时器超时之前检测是否收到第二信息,若收到第二信息,网络设备可以按照本申请实施例的方法确定待跟踪的路损估计参考信号;若在定时器超时之前终端设备未收到第二信息,网络设备可以基于第一信息,确定待跟踪的路损估计参考信号,本申请实施例对此不作限定。又例如,网络设备可以先向终端设备发送第二信息,再向终端设备发送第一信息,终端设备在接收到第二信息之后开启定时器,在定时器超时之前检测是否收到第一信息,若收到第一信息,网络设备可以按照本申请实施例的方法确定待跟踪的路损估计参考信号;若在定时器超时之前终端设备未收到第一信息,网络设备可以基于第二信息,确定待跟踪的参考信号。As an optional embodiment, the first information and the second information may be separately sent by a network device within a certain time interval. For example, the network device may send the first information to the terminal device first, and then send the second information to the terminal device. The terminal device starts a timer after receiving the first information, and detects whether the second information is received before the timer expires. Upon receiving the second information, the network device can determine the path loss estimation reference signal to be tracked according to the method of the embodiment of this application; if the terminal device does not receive the second information before the timer expires, the network device can determine based on the first information The path loss estimation reference signal to be tracked is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. For another example, the network device may first send the second information to the terminal device, and then send the first information to the terminal device, the terminal device starts a timer after receiving the second information, and detects whether the first information is received before the timer expires, If the first information is received, the network device can determine the path loss estimation reference signal to be tracked according to the method of the embodiment of the present application; if the terminal device does not receive the first information before the timer expires, the network device can be based on the second information, Determine the reference signal to be tracked.
可选地,在S330之前,上述方法300还包括S340,网络设备向终端设备发送参考信号,该参考信号包括上述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,可选地,该参考信号还可以包括上述K个额外的路损估计参考信号。终端设备可以根据上述方法从中选择参考信号进行跟踪,即测量参考信号并维护对应参考信号的路损估计值。Optionally, before S330, the above method 300 further includes S340. The network device sends a reference signal to the terminal device. The reference signal includes the foregoing L basic path loss estimation reference signals. Optionally, the reference signal may also include the foregoing reference signal. K additional path loss estimation reference signals. The terminal device can select the reference signal for tracking according to the above method, that is, measure the reference signal and maintain the path loss estimation value of the corresponding reference signal.
可选地,该方法300还包括:Optionally, the method 300 further includes:
S350,网络设备向终端设备发送第三信息,则对应地,终端设备接收该第三信息;该第三信息用于指示第一参考信号;S350: The network device sends third information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the third information; the third information is used to indicate the first reference signal;
S360,终端设备基于获得的路损估计值,调整上行发送功率。S360: The terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power based on the obtained path loss estimation value.
具体而言,网络设备在需要终端设备调整上行发送功率时,可以向终端设备发送第三信息,指示第一参考信号。该第一参考信号可以是一个参考信号,也可以是多个参考信号,本申请实施例对此不作限定。终端设备接收到该第三信息,根据该第三信息的指示调整该终端设备的上行发送功率。Specifically, when the network device needs the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power, it may send the third information to the terminal device, indicating the first reference signal. The first reference signal may be one reference signal or multiple reference signals, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The terminal device receives the third information, and adjusts the uplink transmission power of the terminal device according to the indication of the third information.
在本申请实施例中,调整后的上行发送功率在所述终端设备接收到所述第三信息的第 一时间段之后生效。在调整后的上行发送功率生效之前,终端设备可以执行下列步骤中的一项或多项:In this embodiment of the present application, the adjusted uplink transmission power takes effect after the first time period when the terminal device receives the third information. Before the adjusted uplink transmit power takes effect, the terminal device can perform one or more of the following steps:
1、终端设备可以继续使用之前网络设备指示的路损估计参考信号的路损估计值。1. The terminal device can continue to use the path loss estimation value of the path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the previous network device.
2、终端设备可以继续跟踪之前网络设备指示的路损估计参考信号。2. The terminal device can continue to track the path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the previous network device.
3、终端设备可以使用一个默认的路损估计参考信号的路损估计值。3. The terminal equipment can use a default path loss estimation reference signal path loss estimation value.
4、终端设备可以跟踪一个默认的路损估计参考信号。4. The terminal equipment can track a default path loss estimation reference signal.
应理解,上述“之前网络设备指示的路损估计参考信号”是指:终端设备在接收到来自网络设备的第三信息之前,网络设备通过其他信息向终端设备指示了路损估计参考信号。其中,上述“默认的路损估计参考信号”可以是随机接入过程中的参考信号,或者是终端设备最近一次使用过的路损估计参考信号,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the "previous path loss estimation reference signal indicated by the network device" refers to: before the terminal device receives the third information from the network device, the network device indicates the path loss estimation reference signal to the terminal device through other information. The above-mentioned "default path loss estimation reference signal" may be a reference signal in a random access process, or a path loss estimation reference signal last used by a terminal device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
作为一个可选的实施例,若所述第一参考信号均属于所述终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X;或者,若所述第一参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号不属于所述终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X+T;其中,X为预定义或预配置的参数,T为所述终端设备测量所述第一参考信号获得路损估计值的时长。As an optional embodiment, if the first reference signal belongs to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the first time period is X; or, if all or all of the first reference signals are Part of the reference signal does not belong to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, then the first time period is X+T; where X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter, and T is the terminal device measuring the first The length of time the reference signal obtains the estimated path loss value.
示例性地,该终端设备可以将该第三信息所指示的第一参考信号与该终端设备跟踪的参考信号进行比较,若该第一参考信号属于终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则该终端设备可以直接根据一直维护着的该参考信号的路损估计值,及时调整该终端设备的上行发送功率;若该第一参考信号不属于终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则终端设备需要一段额外的时间(即上述T)来跟踪该第一参考信号,获得路损估计值,再根据获得的路损估计值,调整该终端设备的上行发送功率。因此,终端设备调整后的上行发送功率在该终端设备接收到第三信息的第一时间段之后生效。Exemplarily, the terminal device may compare the first reference signal indicated by the third information with the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, and if the first reference signal belongs to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the terminal device The uplink transmission power of the terminal device can be adjusted directly according to the estimated path loss of the reference signal that has been maintained; if the first reference signal does not belong to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the terminal device needs an extra period of time (I.e., the above-mentioned T) to track the first reference signal to obtain an estimated path loss, and then adjust the uplink transmission power of the terminal device according to the obtained estimated path loss. Therefore, the adjusted uplink transmission power of the terminal device takes effect after the first time period when the terminal device receives the third information.
上述X可以是预定义的时间长度,也可以是网络设备配置的时间长度,还可以是终端设备上报的时间长度,例如可以为3ms,本申请实施例对此不作限定。The foregoing X may be a predefined time length, or a time length configured by a network device, or a time length reported by a terminal device, for example, it may be 3 ms, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,上述第三信息可以为MAC-CE信令,本申请实施例对此也不作限定。Optionally, the foregoing third information may be MAC-CE signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
作为一个可选的实施例,上述方法还包括:终端设备向网络设备发送第一能力信息,该第一能力信息用于指示每个载波分量CC支持的最大可配置的额外的路损估计参考信号的数目。As an optional embodiment, the above method further includes: the terminal device sends first capability information to the network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate the maximum configurable additional path loss estimation reference signal supported by each carrier component CC Number of.
这样,网络设备可以根据终端设备上报的第一能力信息,确定上述第二信息所配置的K个额外的路损估计参考信号的数目。应理解,该K个路损估计参考信号的数目K小于或等于上述第一能力信息中终端设备所上报的数目。In this way, the network device can determine the number of K additional path loss estimation reference signals configured by the second information according to the first capability information reported by the terminal device. It should be understood that the number K of the K path loss estimation reference signals is less than or equal to the number reported by the terminal device in the above-mentioned first capability information.
下面,结合一个具体的示例对本申请实施例的方法300进行详细介绍。In the following, the method 300 of the embodiment of the present application will be introduced in detail with reference to a specific example.
网络设备可以向终端设备发送RRC信令,通过该RRC信令为终端设备配置如下信息:The network device can send RRC signaling to the terminal device, and the terminal device is configured with the following information through the RRC signaling:
1、基础的路损估计参考信号PL RS的配置信息(即上述第一信息),在本申请实施例中,网络设备最多可以配置4个PL RS。可选地,可以通过参数maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs限制基础的PL RS的最大可配置数目。网络设备可配置的PL RS的数目不应该大于终端设备通过第一能力信息上报的每个CC支持的最大可配置的PL RS数目。1. Configuration information of the basic path loss estimation reference signal PL RS (that is, the above-mentioned first information). In this embodiment of the present application, the network device can configure a maximum of 4 PL RS. Optionally, the maximum configurable number of basic PL RSs can be limited by the parameter maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs. The number of PL RS configurable by the network device should not be greater than the maximum configurable number of PL RS supported by each CC reported by the terminal device through the first capability information.
示例性地,上述关于基础的PL RS的配置如下:Exemplarily, the configuration of the above-mentioned basic PL RS is as follows:
2、额外的路损估计参考信号PL RS的配置信息(即上述第二信息),示例性地,可以新增一个信元(information element,IE)用于额外的PL RS的配置。该额外的PL RS也可以称为additional PL RS。例如,该信元名称为PUSCH-AdditionalPathlossReferenceRS,使用Additionalpusch-PathlossReferenceRS-Id作为其标识。由于PL RS可以是SSB或者CSI-RS,具体是哪一个SSB或者哪一个CSI-RS可以由其ID或者index进行标识。2. The configuration information of the additional path loss estimation reference signal PL RS (that is, the above-mentioned second information), for example, an information element (IE) can be added for the configuration of the additional PL RS. This additional PL RS may also be called an additional PL RS. For example, the cell name is PUSCH-AdditionalPathlossReferenceRS, and Additionalpusch-PathlossReferenceRS-Id is used as its identifier. Since the PL RS may be an SSB or a CSI-RS, which SSB or which CSI-RS is specifically may be identified by its ID or index.
此外,maxNrofAdditionalPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs表示最大可配置的额外的PL RS的数目。可选地,maxNrofAdditionalPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs与maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs之和小于或等于网络设备的最大可配置的PL RS的数目。例如,网络设备最大可配置的PL RS的数目为64,maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs为4,那么maxNrofAdditionalPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs等于60。考虑到终端设备上报的能力信息,网络设备可配置的PL RS的数目不应该大于终端设备上报的每个CC支持的最大可配置的PL RS数目和每个CC支持的最大可配置的额外的PL RS数目之和。In addition, maxNrofAdditionalPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs represents the maximum configurable number of additional PL RSs. Optionally, the sum of maxNrofAdditionalPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs and maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs is less than or equal to the maximum configurable PLRS number of the network device. For example, if the maximum number of PL RSs that can be configured by a network device is 64, and maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs is 4, then maxNrofAdditionalPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs is equal to 60. Taking into account the capability information reported by the terminal equipment, the number of PL RS configurable by the network equipment should not be greater than the maximum configurable PL RS supported by each CC reported by the terminal equipment and the maximum configurable additional PL supported by each CC The sum of RS numbers.
示例性地,上述关于额外的PL RS的配置如下:Exemplarily, the above configuration of the additional PL RS is as follows:
3、是否开启通过MAC-CE更新PL RS的信息,示例性地,enablePLRSupdateForPUSCHSRS字段的取值为ON或者enable,表示开启;enablePLRSupdateForPUSCHSRS字段的取值为OFF或者disable,或者整个字段都不配置(absent),表示不开启。在本申请实施例中,开启通过MAC-CE更新PL RS。3. Whether to enable the update of PL RS information through MAC-CE, for example, the value of the enablePLRSupdateForPUSCHSRS field is ON or enable, which means it is enabled; the value of the enablePLRSupdateForPUSCHSRS field is OFF or disable, or the entire field is not configured (absent) , Which means it is not turned on. In the embodiment of this application, the update of PL RS through MAC-CE is enabled.
然后,网络设备向终端设备发送参考信号,终端设备可以按照上述方法,确定默认模式是否开启,并进一步确定待跟踪的参考信号,从而跟踪参考信号进行路损估计。具体地,若第一信息指示开启默认模式,则终端设备不跟踪通过PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS配置 的PL RS,跟踪下行控制信道相关的参考信号进行路损估计;若第一信息指示不开启默认模式,则终端设备跟踪通过PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS配置的PL RS进行路损估计,不跟踪下行控制信道相关的参考信号。可选地,当PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS配置的PL RS的数目大于终端设备能够跟踪的参考信号的数目M时,终端设备可以按照上述方法(根据标识或发送周期选择)确定M个待跟踪的参考信号,此处不再赘述。Then, the network device sends a reference signal to the terminal device, and the terminal device can determine whether the default mode is enabled according to the above method, and further determine the reference signal to be tracked, so as to track the reference signal for path loss estimation. Specifically, if the first information indicates that the default mode is enabled, the terminal device does not track the PL RS configured through PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS, and tracks the reference signal related to the downlink control channel for path loss estimation; if the first information indicates that the default mode is not enabled, then The terminal device tracks the PL RS configured by PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS for path loss estimation, and does not track reference signals related to the downlink control channel. Optionally, when the number of PL RSs configured by PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS is greater than the number M of reference signals that the terminal device can track, the terminal device may determine M reference signals to be tracked according to the above method (selected according to the identification or transmission period), I won't repeat them here.
接着,当网络设备需要终端设备调整发送功率时,网络设备可以向终端设备发送MAC-CE信令,指示一个参考信号,终端设备接收该MAC-CE信令,并根据该参考信号是否属于该终端设备跟踪的参考信号,获得路损估计值,调整该终端设备的上行发送功率。Then, when the network device needs the terminal device to adjust the transmission power, the network device can send MAC-CE signaling to the terminal device, indicating a reference signal, and the terminal device receives the MAC-CE signaling and determines whether the reference signal belongs to the terminal. The reference signal tracked by the equipment obtains the estimated path loss and adjusts the uplink transmission power of the terminal equipment.
本申请实施例的跟踪参考信号的方法,通过基于特定规则确定终端设备跟踪的参考信号,从而使得终端设备和网络设备对齐终端设备跟踪了哪些参考信号,有利于提高网络设备为终端设备调整上行发送功率的效率,节省信令开销。The method for tracking reference signals in the embodiments of the present application determines the reference signals tracked by the terminal device based on specific rules, so that the terminal device and the network device align which reference signals the terminal device tracks, which is conducive to improving the network device to adjust the uplink transmission for the terminal device. Power efficiency saves signaling overhead.
应理解,上述方法200和方法300都是通过对多个路损估计参考信号进行配置上的区分,或者预先设定规则来选择其中的一部分参考信号作为待跟踪的参考信号。这样,网络设备和终端设备能够对齐终端设备跟踪了哪些参考信号,从而对齐终端设备调整上行发送功率的行为。It should be understood that the method 200 and the method 300 described above are configured to distinguish multiple path loss estimation reference signals, or preset rules to select a part of the reference signals as the reference signals to be tracked. In this way, the network device and the terminal device can align which reference signals the terminal device has tracked, so as to align the behavior of the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power.
本申请实施例还提供了一种方法,启动定时器,网络设备可以在发送上述第三信息(例如MAC-CE信令)之后的一段时间,禁止发送上行功率功控相关的信息,或者,终端设备接收到第三信息之后的一段时间内,忽视网络设备再次发送的功率调整信令。The embodiment of the present application also provides a method to start a timer, and the network device may prohibit sending information related to uplink power and power control for a period of time after sending the third information (for example, MAC-CE signaling), or the terminal Within a period of time after the device receives the third information, it ignores the power adjustment signaling re-sent by the network device.
具体地,网络设备可以通过RRC信令(或其他信令)向终端设备配置定时器以及其时间长度。该定时器可以称作PL RS禁止更新计时器(PL RS update prohibit timer),或者其他名称,本申请实施例对此不作限定。应理解,网络设备还可以向终端设备发送上述方法200或方法300中的第一信息、第二信息等,此处不再赘述。Specifically, the network device may configure the timer and its time length to the terminal device through RRC signaling (or other signaling). This timer may be called a PL RS update prohibit timer, or other names, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the network device may also send the first information, the second information, etc. in the foregoing method 200 or method 300 to the terminal device, which will not be repeated here.
接着,网络设备向终端设备发送参考信号,终端设备自行确定待跟踪的参考信号(本申请实施例认为网络设备不知道终端设备跟踪了哪些参考信号),并跟踪参考信号进行路损估计。网络设备在需要控制终端设备调整上行发送功率时,通过MAC-CE信令向终端设备发送第三信息(同方法200或方法300),指示第一参考信号。终端设备接收该第三信息,开启上述定时器,根据上述第一参考信号是否属于终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,来自行确定调整上行发送功率的时间,即若该第一参考信号属于终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,可以立即根据维护的路损估计值调整上行发送功率,若该第一参考信号不属于终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,可以先进行跟踪测量,获得该第一参考信号的路损估计值后再调整上行发送功率。应理解,在本申请实施例中,由于网络设备不知道终端设备跟踪了哪些参考信号,终端设备调整上行发送功率的行为属于终端设备的实现行为,网络设备不可知。Then, the network device sends a reference signal to the terminal device, and the terminal device determines the reference signal to be tracked by itself (the embodiment of the application considers that the network device does not know which reference signals the terminal device tracks), and tracks the reference signal to estimate the path loss. When the network device needs to control the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power, it sends the third information (same method 200 or method 300) to the terminal device through MAC-CE signaling to indicate the first reference signal. The terminal device receives the third information, starts the timer, and determines the time to adjust the uplink transmission power according to whether the first reference signal belongs to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, that is, if the first reference signal belongs to the terminal device For the tracked reference signal, the uplink transmission power can be adjusted immediately according to the maintained path loss estimate. If the first reference signal does not belong to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the tracking measurement can be performed first to obtain the path loss of the first reference signal After the estimated value, adjust the uplink transmission power. It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, since the network device does not know which reference signals the terminal device tracks, the behavior of the terminal device to adjust the uplink transmission power belongs to the implementation behavior of the terminal device, and the network device is agnostic.
应理解,上述定时器可以由终端设备开启,也可以由网络设备开启,也可以终端设备和网络设备都开启,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the above-mentioned timer may be started by a terminal device or a network device, or both the terminal device and the network device may be started, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,网络设备可以在发送了第三信息的时刻开启定时器,或者,在接收到终端设备发送的针对该第三信息正确接收的确认信息的时刻开启定时器,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the network device may start the timer at the moment when the third information is sent, or at the moment when it receives the confirmation message sent by the terminal device for the correct reception of the third information. Not limited.
可选地,终端设备可以在接收到上述第三信息的时刻开启定时器,或者,在向网络设备发送针对该第三信息正确接收的确认信息的时刻开启定时器,本申请实施例对此不作限 定。Optionally, the terminal device may start the timer at the moment when the third information is received, or at the moment when the confirmation information for the correct reception of the third information is sent to the network device, this embodiment of the application does not do this. limited.
从网络设备的角度来看,网络设备发送了第三信息之后,如果终端设备的上行发送功率满足需求,则无需再次进行调整,可以认为第三信息被正确和及时地应用了。如果终端设备的发送功率不满足需求,由于定时器的限制,网络设备也不会再重复地发送功率调整命令,而是可以认为终端设备还未获得稳定的路损估计值,正在测量参考信号并进行调整。因此,本申请实施例的方法给了终端设备最大的实现自由度,也避免了网络设备的反复重配,节省了信令开销。From the perspective of the network device, after the network device sends the third information, if the uplink transmission power of the terminal device meets the demand, there is no need to adjust again, and it can be considered that the third information is correctly and timely applied. If the transmission power of the terminal device does not meet the demand, due to the timer limitation, the network device will not repeatedly send power adjustment commands. Instead, it can be considered that the terminal device has not yet obtained a stable path loss estimate and is measuring the reference signal and Make adjustments. Therefore, the method in the embodiments of the present application gives the terminal device the greatest degree of freedom in implementation, avoids repeated reconfiguration of the network device, and saves signaling overhead.
可选地,若终端设备开启上述定时器,该定时器的开启时间还可以是终端设备最近一次调整上行发送功率的时刻。也就是说,终端设备每进行一次上行发送功率的调整,就保持该上行发送功率一段时间,避免过于频繁地调整。Optionally, if the terminal device starts the above-mentioned timer, the start time of the timer may also be the last time the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power. That is to say, every time the terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power, it maintains the uplink transmission power for a period of time to avoid adjusting too frequently.
应理解,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that the size of the sequence numbers of the foregoing processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application.
上文中结合图1至图3,详细描述了根据本申请实施例的跟踪参考信号的方法,下面将结合图4至图5,详细描述根据本申请实施例的跟踪参考信号的装置。The method for tracking a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3, and the device for tracking a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 4 to FIG. 5.
图4示出了本申请实施例提供的跟踪参考信号的装置400。在一种设计中,该装置400可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的芯片。在另一种设计中,该装置400可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备中的芯片。该装置400包括:收发单元410和处理单元420。FIG. 4 shows an apparatus 400 for tracking a reference signal provided by an embodiment of the present application. In one design, the apparatus 400 may be a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device. In another design, the device 400 may be a network device or a chip in a network device. The device 400 includes: a transceiver unit 410 and a processing unit 420.
在一种可能的实现方式中,装置400用于执行上述方法200中终端设备对应的各个流程和步骤。In a possible implementation manner, the apparatus 400 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the terminal device in the above method 200.
收发单元410用于:接收来自网络设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示默认模式是否开启,在所述默认模式下,所述装置根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定待跟踪的参考信号;以及,接收来自所述网络设备的第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置多个路损估计参考信号;处理单元420用于:若所述默认模式开启,跟踪基于所述下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪所述多个路损估计参考信号。The transceiver unit 410 is configured to receive first information from a network device, where the first information is used to indicate whether the default mode is enabled, and in the default mode, the device determines the to-be-tracked reference signal according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel. Reference signal; and receiving second information from the network device, where the second information is used to configure multiple path loss estimation reference signals; the processing unit 420 is configured to: if the default mode is enabled, tracking is based on the downlink The reference signal determined by the reference signal related to the control channel does not track the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
可选地,所述第一信息和所述第二信息是所述网络设备通过同一信令发送的。Optionally, the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling.
可选地,所述处理单元420还用于:若所述默认模式未开启,跟踪基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪所述下行控制信道相关的参考信号。Optionally, the processing unit 420 is further configured to: if the default mode is not enabled, track the reference signal determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals, and not track the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
可选地,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中标识最小的M个路损估计参考信号;或者,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中标识最大的M个路损估计参考信号;其中,M为预定义或所述装置向所述网络设备上报的正整数。Optionally, the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are the M path loss estimation reference signals with the smallest identification among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; or, the reference signal is based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals. The reference signals determined by each path loss estimation reference signal are the M path loss estimation reference signals with the largest identifier among the plurality of path loss estimation reference signals; where M is a predefined value or a positive value reported by the device to the network device. Integer.
可选地,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中发送周期最短的M个路损估计参考信号;或者,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中发送周期最长的M个路损估计参考信号;其中,M为预定义或所述装置向所述网络设备上报的正整数。Optionally, the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are M path loss estimation reference signals with the shortest transmission period among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals; or, the reference signal is based on the The reference signals determined by the plurality of path loss estimation reference signals are the M path loss estimation reference signals with the longest transmission period among the plurality of path loss estimation reference signals; where M is predefined or the device sends to the network device The reported positive integer.
可选地,所述收发单元410还用于:接收来自所述网络设备的第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示第一参考信号;所述处理单元420还用于:根据所述装置所跟踪的参考信号和/或所述第一参考信号,获得路损估计值;基于所述路损估计值,调整所述装置的上行发送功率,其中,调整后的上行发送功率在所述装置接收到所述第三信息的第一时间段之后 生效。Optionally, the transceiving unit 410 is further configured to: receive third information from the network device, where the third information is used to indicate the first reference signal; the processing unit 420 is further configured to: according to the apparatus Obtain a path loss estimate value based on the tracked reference signal and/or the first reference signal; adjust the uplink transmission power of the apparatus based on the path loss estimate, where the adjusted uplink transmission power is in the apparatus It takes effect after the first time period when the third information is received.
可选地,若所述第一参考信号均属于所述终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X;或者,若所述第一参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号不属于所述终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X+T;其中,X为预定义或预配置的参数,T为所述装置测量所述第一参考信号获得路损估计值的时长。Optionally, if the first reference signal belongs to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the first time period is X; or, if all or part of the reference signal in the first reference signal is not If it belongs to the reference signal tracked by the terminal equipment, the first time period is X+T; where X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter, and T is the path loss obtained by the device by measuring the first reference signal The duration of the estimate.
可选地,所述默认模式为下列任一种:第一默认模式,第二默认模式,或第三默认模式;其中,在所述第一默认模式下,所述装置根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的待跟踪的参考信号;在所述第二默认模式下,所述装置根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定物理上行控制信道PUCCH的待跟踪的参考信号;在所述第三默认模式下,所述装置根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定探测参考信号SRS的待跟踪的参考信号。Optionally, the default mode is any one of the following: a first default mode, a second default mode, or a third default mode; wherein, in the first default mode, the apparatus according to the downlink control channel related The reference signal determines the reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH; in the second default mode, the device determines the reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel; In the third default mode, the apparatus determines the reference signal to be tracked of the sounding reference signal SRS according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
可选地,所述收发单元410还用于:向所述网络设备发送第一能力信息和/或第二能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示每个载波分量CC支持的最大可配置的路损估计参考信号的数目,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述每个CC支持的最大可跟踪的路损估计参考信号的数目。Optionally, the transceiving unit 410 is further configured to: send first capability information and/or second capability information to the network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate the maximum configurability supported by each carrier component CC The second capability information is used to indicate the number of maximum trackable path loss estimation reference signals supported by each CC.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,装置400用于执行上述方法200中网络设备对应的各个流程和步骤。In another possible implementation manner, the apparatus 400 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the network device in the above method 200.
收发单元410用于:向终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示默认模式是否开启,在所述默认模式下,所述终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定待跟踪的参考信号;以及,向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置多个路损估计参考信号;处理单元420用于:若所述默认模式开启,确定所述终端设备跟踪的参考信号为基于所述下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号。The transceiver unit 410 is configured to send first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate whether the default mode is enabled, and in the default mode, the terminal device determines the to-be-tracked reference signal according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel. Reference signal; and, sending second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to configure multiple path loss estimation reference signals; the processing unit 420 is configured to: if the default mode is enabled, determine that the terminal device tracks The reference signal of is a reference signal determined based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, and the reference signal that is not tracked is the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
可选地,所述第一信息和所述第二信息是所述装置通过同一信令发送的。Optionally, the first information and the second information are sent by the apparatus through the same signaling.
可选地,所述处理单元420还用于:若所述默认模式未开启,确定所述终端设备跟踪的参考信号为基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪的参考信号为所述下行控制信道相关的参考信号。Optionally, the processing unit 420 is further configured to: if the default mode is not enabled, determine that the reference signal tracked by the terminal device is a reference signal determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals, and a reference signal that is not tracked The signal is a reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
可选地,所述收发单元410还用于:在向所述终端设备发送第二信息之前,接收来自所述终端设备的第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示每个载波分量CC支持的最大可配置的路损估计参考信号的数目;所述处理单元420还用于:根据所述第一能力信息,确定所述多个路损估计参考信号的数目。Optionally, the transceiving unit 410 is further configured to: before sending the second information to the terminal device, receive first capability information from the terminal device, where the first capability information is used to indicate each carrier component The maximum configurable number of path loss estimation reference signals supported by the CC; the processing unit 420 is further configured to: determine the number of the multiple path loss estimation reference signals according to the first capability information.
可选地,所述收发单元410还用于:接收来自所述终端设备的第二能力信息,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述每个CC支持的最大可跟踪的路损估计参考信号的数目。Optionally, the transceiving unit 410 is further configured to: receive second capability information from the terminal device, where the second capability information is used to indicate the maximum trackable path loss estimation reference signal supported by each CC Number of.
在一种可能的实现方式中,装置400用于执行上述方法300中终端设备对应的各个流程和步骤。In a possible implementation manner, the apparatus 400 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the terminal device in the above method 300.
收发单元410用于:接收来自网络设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于配置L个基础的路损估计参考信号,L为小于或等于4的正整数;以及,接收来自所述网络设备的第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置K个额外的路损估计参考信号,所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号与所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号不同,K为正整数;处理单元420用于:跟 踪所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,不跟踪所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号。The transceiver unit 410 is configured to: receive first information from a network device, where the first information is used to configure L basic path loss estimation reference signals, where L is a positive integer less than or equal to 4; and, receive from the network The second information of the device, the second information is used to configure K additional path loss estimation reference signals, the K additional path loss estimation reference signals are different from the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, K Is a positive integer; the processing unit 420 is configured to track the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and not track the K additional path loss estimation reference signals.
可选地,所述第一信息和所述第二信息是所述网络设备通过同一信令发送的。Optionally, the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling.
可选地,所述收发单元410还用于:接收来自所述网络设备的第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示第一参考信号;所述处理单元420还用于:根据所述装置所跟踪的参考信号和/或所述第一参考信号,获得路损估计值;基于所述路损估计值,调整所述装置的上行发送功率,其中,调整后的上行发送功率在所述装置接收到所述第三信息的第一时间段之后生效。Optionally, the transceiving unit 410 is further configured to: receive third information from the network device, where the third information is used to indicate the first reference signal; the processing unit 420 is further configured to: according to the apparatus Obtain a path loss estimate value based on the tracked reference signal and/or the first reference signal; adjust the uplink transmission power of the apparatus based on the path loss estimate, where the adjusted uplink transmission power is in the apparatus It takes effect after the first time period when the third information is received.
可选地,若所述第一参考信号均属于所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X;或者,若所述第一参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号不属于所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X+T;其中,X为预定义或预配置的参数,T为所述装置测量所述第一参考信号获得路损估计值的时长。Optionally, if the first reference signals all belong to the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, the first time period is X; or, if all or part of the reference signals in the first reference signal If the signal does not belong to the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, the first time period is X+T; where X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter, and T is the first reference signal measured by the device The length of time for the signal to obtain the estimated path loss value.
可选地,所述收发单元410还用于:向所述网络设备发送第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示每个载波分量CC支持的最大可配置的额外的路损估计参考信号的数目。Optionally, the transceiver unit 410 is further configured to send first capability information to the network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate the maximum configurable additional path loss estimation reference supported by each carrier component CC The number of signals.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,装置400用于执行上述方法300中网络设备对应的各个流程和步骤。In another possible implementation manner, the apparatus 400 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the network device in the above method 300.
收发单元410用于:向终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于配置L个基础的路损估计参考信号,L为小于或等于4的正整数;以及,向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置K个额外的路损估计参考信号,所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号与所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号不同,K为正整数;处理单元420用于:确定所述终端设备跟踪的参考信号为所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,不跟踪的参考信号为所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号。The transceiver unit 410 is configured to: send first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to configure L basic path loss estimation reference signals, where L is a positive integer less than or equal to 4; and, send to the terminal device The second information, the second information is used to configure K additional path loss estimation reference signals, the K additional path loss estimation reference signals are different from the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and K is positive Integer; the processing unit 420 is configured to determine that the reference signals tracked by the terminal device are the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and the untracked reference signals are the K additional path loss estimation reference signals.
可选地,所述第一信息和所述第二信息是所述装置通过同一信令发送的。Optionally, the first information and the second information are sent by the apparatus through the same signaling.
可选地,所述收发单元410还用于:在向所述终端设备发送第二信息之前,接收所述终端设备发送的第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示每个载波分量CC支持的最大可配置的额外的路损估计参考信号的数目;所述处理单元420还用于:根据所述第一能力信息,确定所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号的数目。Optionally, the transceiving unit 410 is further configured to: before sending the second information to the terminal device, receive first capability information sent by the terminal device, where the first capability information is used to indicate each carrier component The maximum configurable number of additional path loss estimation reference signals supported by the CC; the processing unit 420 is further configured to: determine the number of the K additional path loss estimation reference signals according to the first capability information.
应理解,这里的装置400以功能单元的形式体现。这里的术语“单元”可以指应用特有集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中,本领域技术人员可以理解,装置400可以具体为上述实施例中的终端设备或网络设备,装置400可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与终端设备或网络设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤,为避免重复,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the device 400 here is embodied in the form of a functional unit. The term "unit" here can refer to application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), electronic circuits, processors used to execute one or more software or firmware programs (such as shared processors, proprietary processors, or groups). Processor, etc.) and memory, merged logic circuits, and/or other suitable components that support the described functions. In an optional example, those skilled in the art can understand that the apparatus 400 may be specifically a terminal device or a network device in the foregoing embodiment, and the apparatus 400 may be used to execute each of the terminal devices or network devices in the foregoing method embodiment. To avoid repetition, the process and/or steps will not be repeated here.
上述各个方案的装置400具有实现上述方法中终端设备或网络设备执行的相应步骤的功能;所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。例如,上述收发单元410可以包括发送单元和接收单元,该发送单元可以用于实现上述收发单元对应的用于执行发送动作的各个步骤和/或流程,该接收单元可以用于实现上述收发单元对应的用于执行接收动作的各个步骤和/或流程。该发送单元可以由发射器替代,该接收单元可以由接收器替代,分别执行 各个方法实施例中的收发操作以及相关的处理操作。The apparatus 400 of each of the foregoing solutions has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the terminal device or the network device in the foregoing method; the function may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions. For example, the above-mentioned transceiver unit 410 may include a sending unit and a receiving unit. The sending unit may be used to implement various steps and/or procedures for performing the sending action corresponding to the above-mentioned transceiver unit, and the receiving unit may be used to implement the above-mentioned transceiver unit. The various steps and/or processes used to perform the receiving action. The sending unit can be replaced by a transmitter, and the receiving unit can be replaced by a receiver, respectively performing the receiving and sending operations and related processing operations in each method embodiment.
在本申请的实施例,图4中的装置400也可以是芯片或者芯片***,例如:片上***(system on chip,SoC)。对应的,收发单元410可以是该芯片的收发电路,在此不做限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the device 400 in FIG. 4 may also be a chip or a chip system, such as a system on chip (system on chip, SoC). Correspondingly, the transceiver unit 410 may be the transceiver circuit of the chip, which is not limited here.
图5示出了本申请实施例提供的另一跟踪参考信号的装置500。该装置500包括处理器510、收发器520和存储器530。其中,处理器510、收发器520和存储器530通过内部连接通路互相通信,该存储器530用于存储指令,该处理器510用于执行该存储器530存储的指令,以控制该收发器520发送信号和/或接收信号。FIG. 5 shows another device 500 for tracking a reference signal provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 500 includes a processor 510, a transceiver 520, and a memory 530. The processor 510, the transceiver 520, and the memory 530 communicate with each other through an internal connection path. The memory 530 is used to store instructions, and the processor 510 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 530 to control the transceiver 520 to send signals and / Or receive the signal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,装置500用于执行上述方法200中终端设备对应的各个流程和步骤。In a possible implementation manner, the apparatus 500 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the terminal device in the above method 200.
其中,该处理器510用于:通过收发器520接收来自网络设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示默认模式是否开启,在所述默认模式下,所述装置根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定待跟踪的参考信号;以及,接收来自所述网络设备的第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置多个路损估计参考信号;若所述默认模式开启,跟踪基于所述下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪所述多个路损估计参考信号。Wherein, the processor 510 is configured to: receive first information from the network device through the transceiver 520, the first information is used to indicate whether the default mode is enabled, and in the default mode, the device is related to the downlink control channel. The reference signal to determine the reference signal to be tracked; and receiving second information from the network device, where the second information is used to configure multiple path loss estimation reference signals; if the default mode is enabled, tracking is based on the The reference signal determined by the reference signal related to the downlink control channel does not track the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,装置500用于执行上述方法200中网络设备对应的各个流程和步骤。In another possible implementation manner, the apparatus 500 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the network device in the above method 200.
其中,该处理器510用于:通过收发器520向终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示默认模式是否开启,在所述默认模式下,所述终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定待跟踪的参考信号;以及,向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置多个路损估计参考信号;若所述默认模式开启,确定所述终端设备跟踪的参考信号为基于所述下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号。Wherein, the processor 510 is configured to send first information to the terminal device through the transceiver 520, and the first information is used to indicate whether the default mode is enabled. In the default mode, the terminal device is related to the downlink control channel. Determine the reference signal to be tracked by the reference signal; and send second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to configure multiple path loss estimation reference signals; if the default mode is enabled, determine the terminal device The tracked reference signal is a reference signal determined based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, and the untracked reference signal is the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
在一种可能的实现方式中,装置500用于执行上述方法300中终端设备对应的各个流程和步骤。In a possible implementation manner, the apparatus 500 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the terminal device in the above method 300.
其中,该处理器510用于:通过收发器520接收来自网络设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于配置L个基础的路损估计参考信号,L为小于或等于4的正整数;以及,接收来自所述网络设备的第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置K个额外的路损估计参考信号,所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号与所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号不同,K为正整数;跟踪所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,不跟踪所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号。Wherein, the processor 510 is configured to receive first information from a network device through the transceiver 520, the first information is used to configure L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and L is a positive integer less than or equal to 4; And, receiving second information from the network device, the second information being used to configure K additional path loss estimation reference signals, the K additional path loss estimation reference signals and the L basic path The loss estimation reference signals are different, and K is a positive integer; the L basic path loss estimation reference signals are tracked, and the K additional path loss estimation reference signals are not tracked.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,装置500用于执行上述方法300中网络设备对应的各个流程和步骤。In another possible implementation manner, the apparatus 500 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the network device in the above method 300.
其中,该处理器510用于:通过收发器520向终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于配置L个基础的路损估计参考信号,L为小于或等于4的正整数;以及,向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置K个额外的路损估计参考信号,所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号与所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号不同,K为正整数;确定所述终端设备跟踪的参考信号为所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,不跟踪的参考信号为所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号。Wherein, the processor 510 is configured to: send first information to the terminal device through the transceiver 520, where the first information is used to configure L basic path loss estimation reference signals, where L is a positive integer less than or equal to 4; and , Sending second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to configure K additional path loss estimation reference signals, the K additional path loss estimation reference signals and the L basic path loss estimates The reference signals are different, and K is a positive integer; it is determined that the reference signals tracked by the terminal device are the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and the untracked reference signals are the K additional path loss estimation reference signals.
应理解,装置500可以具体为上述实施例中的终端设备或网络设备,并且可以用于执 行上述方法实施例中与终端设备或网络设备对应的各个步骤和/或流程。可选地,该存储器530可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如,存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。该处理器510可以用于执行存储器中存储的指令,并且当该处理器510执行存储器中存储的指令时,该处理器510用于执行上述与该终端设备或网络设备对应的方法实施例的各个步骤和/或流程。该收发器520可以包括发射器和接收器,该发射器可以用于实现上述收发器对应的用于执行发送动作的各个步骤和/或流程,该接收器可以用于实现上述收发器对应的用于执行接收动作的各个步骤和/或流程。It should be understood that the apparatus 500 may be specifically a terminal device or a network device in the foregoing embodiment, and may be used to execute various steps and/or processes corresponding to the terminal device or the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. Optionally, the memory 530 may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provide instructions and data to the processor. A part of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory. For example, the memory can also store device type information. The processor 510 may be used to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor 510 executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor 510 is configured to execute each of the foregoing method embodiments corresponding to the terminal device or the network device. Steps and/or processes. The transceiver 520 may include a transmitter and a receiver, and the transmitter may be used to implement various steps and/or processes for performing the sending action corresponding to the above transceiver, and the receiver may be used to implement the corresponding use of the above transceiver. To perform the various steps and/or processes of the receiving action.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,上述装置的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, the processor of the above-mentioned device may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), or application-specific integrated circuits. (ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件单元组合执行完成。软件单元可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器执行存储器中的指令,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software units in the processor. The software unit may be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor executes the instructions in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例中描述的各方法步骤和单元,能够以电子硬件、计算机软件或者二者的结合来实现,为了清楚地说明硬件和软件的可互换性,在上述说明中已经按照功能一般性地描述了各实施例的步骤及组成。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域普通技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may realize that, in combination with the method steps and units described in the embodiments disclosed herein, they can be implemented by electronic hardware, computer software, or a combination of both, in order to clearly illustrate the possibilities of hardware and software. Interchangeability, in the above description, the steps and components of the embodiments have been generally described in accordance with their functions. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. A person of ordinary skill in the art may use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of the present application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为了描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的***、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device, and unit may refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的***、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个***,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另外,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口、装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,也可以是电的,机械的或其它的形式连接。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may also be electrical, mechanical or other forms of connection.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本申请实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以是两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元 既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be realized in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分,或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium. It includes several instructions to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到各种等效的修改或替换,这些修改或替换都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of various equivalents within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Modifications or replacements, these modifications or replacements shall be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.
Claims (49)
- 一种跟踪参考信号的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for tracking a reference signal, characterized in that it comprises:终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示默认模式是否开启,在所述默认模式下,所述终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定待跟踪的参考信号;The terminal device receives first information from the network device, where the first information is used to indicate whether the default mode is enabled, and in the default mode, the terminal device determines the reference signal to be tracked according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel;所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置多个路损估计参考信号;The terminal device receives second information from the network device, where the second information is used to configure multiple path loss estimation reference signals;若所述默认模式开启,所述终端设备跟踪基于所述下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪所述多个路损估计参考信号。If the default mode is enabled, the terminal device tracks the reference signal determined based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, and does not track the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息和所述第二信息是所述网络设备通过同一信令发送的。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling.
- 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises:若所述默认模式未开启,所述终端设备跟踪基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪所述下行控制信道相关的参考信号。If the default mode is not enabled, the terminal device tracks the reference signal determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals, and does not track the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
- 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中标识最小的M个路损估计参考信号;或者,The method according to claim 3, wherein the reference signals determined based on the plurality of path loss estimation reference signals are M path loss estimation reference signals with the smallest identification among the plurality of path loss estimation reference signals ;or,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中标识最大的M个路损估计参考信号;The reference signals determined based on the plurality of path loss estimation reference signals are M path loss estimation reference signals with the largest identification among the plurality of path loss estimation reference signals;其中,M为预定义或所述终端设备向所述网络设备上报的正整数。Wherein, M is a predefined or positive integer reported by the terminal device to the network device.
- 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中发送周期最短的M个路损估计参考信号;或者,The method according to claim 3, wherein the reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are M path loss estimation reference signals with the shortest transmission period among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals Signal; or,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中发送周期最长的M个路损估计参考信号;The reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are M path loss estimation reference signals with the longest transmission period among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals;其中,M为预定义或所述终端设备向所述网络设备上报的正整数。Wherein, M is a predefined or positive integer reported by the terminal device to the network device.
- 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the method further comprises:所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示第一参考信号;The terminal device receives third information from the network device, where the third information is used to indicate a first reference signal;所述终端设备根据所述终端设备所跟踪的参考信号和/或所述第一参考信号,获得路损估计值;Obtaining, by the terminal device, a path loss estimate value according to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device and/or the first reference signal;所述终端设备基于所述路损估计值,调整所述终端设备的上行发送功率,其中,调整后的上行发送功率在所述终端设备接收到所述第三信息的第一时间段之后生效。The terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power of the terminal device based on the path loss estimation value, where the adjusted uplink transmission power takes effect after the first time period when the terminal device receives the third information.
- 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第一参考信号均属于所述终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X;或者,The method according to claim 6, wherein if the first reference signal all belong to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the first time period is X; or,若所述第一参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号不属于所述终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X+T;If all or part of the reference signal in the first reference signal does not belong to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the first time period is X+T;其中,X为预定义或预配置的参数,T为所述终端设备测量所述第一参考信号获得路损估计值的时长。Where X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter, and T is a time length for the terminal device to measure the first reference signal to obtain the path loss estimate value.
- 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述默认模式为下列任一种:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the default mode is any one of the following:第一默认模式,第二默认模式,或第三默认模式;The first default mode, the second default mode, or the third default mode;其中,在所述第一默认模式下,所述终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的待跟踪的参考信号;在所述第二默认模式下,所述终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定物理上行控制信道PUCCH的待跟踪的参考信号;在所述第三默认模式下,所述终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定探测参考信号SRS的待跟踪的参考信号。Wherein, in the first default mode, the terminal device determines the reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel; in the second default mode, the terminal device determines the reference signal to be tracked for the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH according to The reference signal related to the downlink control channel determines the reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH; in the third default mode, the terminal device determines the sounding reference signal SRS to be tracked according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel Reference signal.
- 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the method further comprises:所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送第一能力信息和/或第二能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示每个载波分量CC支持的最大可配置的路损估计参考信号的数目,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述每个CC支持的最大可跟踪的路损估计参考信号的数目。Sending, by the terminal device, first capability information and/or second capability information to the network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate the number of maximum configurable path loss estimation reference signals supported by each carrier component CC, The second capability information is used to indicate the number of maximum trackable path loss estimation reference signals supported by each CC.
- 一种跟踪参考信号的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for tracking a reference signal, characterized in that it comprises:网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示默认模式是否开启,在所述默认模式下,所述终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定待跟踪的参考信号;The network device sends first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate whether the default mode is enabled, and in the default mode, the terminal device determines the reference signal to be tracked according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel;所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置多个路损估计参考信号;Sending, by the network device, second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to configure multiple path loss estimation reference signals;若所述默认模式开启,所述网络设备确定所述终端设备跟踪的参考信号为基于所述下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号。If the default mode is enabled, the network device determines that the reference signal tracked by the terminal device is a reference signal determined based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, and the reference signal that is not tracked is the multiple path loss estimation references Signal.
- 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息和所述第二信息是所述网络设备通过同一信令发送的。The method according to claim 10, wherein the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling.
- 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the method further comprises:若所述默认模式未开启,所述网络设备确定所述终端设备跟踪的参考信号为基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪的参考信号为所述下行控制信道相关的参考信号。If the default mode is not enabled, the network device determines that the reference signal tracked by the terminal device is a reference signal determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals, and the reference signal that is not tracked is related to the downlink control channel Reference signal.
- 根据权利要求10至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 12, wherein before the network device sends the second information to the terminal device, the method further comprises:所述网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示每个载波分量CC支持的最大可配置的路损估计参考信号的数目;The network device receives first capability information from the terminal device, where the first capability information is used to indicate the number of maximum configurable path loss estimation reference signals supported by each carrier component CC;所述网络设备根据所述第一能力信息,确定所述多个路损估计参考信号的数目。The network device determines the number of the multiple path loss estimation reference signals according to the first capability information.
- 根据权利要求10至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 13, wherein the method further comprises:所述网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的第二能力信息,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述每个CC支持的最大可跟踪的路损估计参考信号的数目。The network device receives second capability information from the terminal device, where the second capability information is used to indicate the number of maximum trackable path loss estimation reference signals supported by each CC.
- 一种跟踪参考信号的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for tracking a reference signal, characterized in that it comprises:终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于配置L个基础的路损估计参考信号,L为小于或等于4的正整数;The terminal device receives first information from the network device, where the first information is used to configure L basic path loss estimation reference signals, where L is a positive integer less than or equal to 4;所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置K个额外的路损估计参考信号,所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号与所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号不同,K为正整数;The terminal device receives second information from the network device, the second information is used to configure K additional path loss estimation reference signals, the K additional path loss estimation reference signals and the L base The path loss estimation reference signal is different, and K is a positive integer;所述终端设备跟踪所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,不跟踪所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号。The terminal device tracks the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and does not track the K additional path loss estimation reference signals.
- 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息和所述第二信息是所述网络设备通过同一信令发送的。The method according to claim 15, wherein the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling.
- 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the method further comprises:所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示第一参考信号;The terminal device receives third information from the network device, where the third information is used to indicate a first reference signal;所述终端设备根据所述终端设备所跟踪的参考信号和/或所述第一参考信号,获得路损估计值;Obtaining, by the terminal device, a path loss estimate value according to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device and/or the first reference signal;所述终端设备基于所述路损估计值,调整所述终端设备的上行发送功率,其中,调整后的上行发送功率在所述终端设备接收到所述第三信息的第一时间段之后生效。The terminal device adjusts the uplink transmission power of the terminal device based on the path loss estimation value, where the adjusted uplink transmission power takes effect after the first time period when the terminal device receives the third information.
- 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第一参考信号均属于所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X;或者,The method according to claim 17, wherein if the first reference signals all belong to the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, the first time period is X; or,若所述第一参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号不属于所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X+T;If all or part of the reference signals in the first reference signal do not belong to the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, the first time period is X+T;其中,X为预定义或预配置的参数,T为所述终端设备测量所述第一参考信号获得路损估计值的时长。Where X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter, and T is a time length for the terminal device to measure the first reference signal to obtain the path loss estimate value.
- 根据权利要求15至18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 15 to 18, wherein the method further comprises:所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示每个载波分量CC支持的最大可配置的额外的路损估计参考信号的数目。The terminal device sends first capability information to the network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate the maximum configurable number of additional path loss estimation reference signals supported by each carrier component CC.
- 一种跟踪参考信号的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for tracking a reference signal, characterized in that it comprises:网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于配置L个基础的路损估计参考信号,L为小于或等于4的正整数;The network device sends first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to configure L basic path loss estimation reference signals, where L is a positive integer less than or equal to 4;所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置K个额外的路损估计参考信号,所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号与所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号不同,K为正整数;The network device sends second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to configure K additional path loss estimation reference signals, the K additional path loss estimation reference signals and the L basic The path loss estimation reference signal is different, and K is a positive integer;所述网络设备确定所述终端设备跟踪的参考信号为所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,不跟踪的参考信号为所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号。The network device determines that the reference signals tracked by the terminal device are the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and the untracked reference signals are the K additional path loss estimation reference signals.
- 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息和所述第二信息是所述网络设备通过同一信令发送的。The method according to claim 20, wherein the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling.
- 根据权利要求20或21所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 20 or 21, wherein before the network device sends the second information to the terminal device, the method further comprises:所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示每个载波分量CC支持的最大可配置的额外的路损估计参考信号的数目;Receiving, by the network device, first capability information sent by the terminal device, where the first capability information is used to indicate the maximum configurable number of additional path loss estimation reference signals supported by each carrier component CC;所述网络设备根据所述第一能力信息,确定所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号的数目。The network device determines the number of the K additional path loss estimation reference signals according to the first capability information.
- 一种跟踪参考信号的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for tracking a reference signal, characterized in that it comprises:收发单元,用于接收来自网络设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示默认模式是否开启,在所述默认模式下,所述装置根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定待跟踪的参考信号;以及,接收来自所述网络设备的第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置多个路损估计参考信号;The transceiver unit is configured to receive first information from a network device, where the first information is used to indicate whether the default mode is enabled, and in the default mode, the device determines the reference to be tracked according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel Signal; and, receiving second information from the network device, where the second information is used to configure multiple path loss estimation reference signals;处理单元,用于若所述默认模式开启,跟踪基于所述下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪所述多个路损估计参考信号。The processing unit is configured to, if the default mode is enabled, track the reference signal determined based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel, and not track the multiple path loss estimation reference signals.
- 根据权利要求23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息和所述第二信息是所述网络设备通过同一信令发送的。The apparatus according to claim 23, wherein the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling.
- 根据权利要求23或24所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:若所述默认模式未开启,跟踪基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪所述下行控制信道相关的参考信号。If the default mode is not enabled, the reference signal determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals is tracked, and the reference signal related to the downlink control channel is not tracked.
- 根据权利要求25所述的装置,其特征在于,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中标识最小的M个路损估计参考信号;或者,The apparatus according to claim 25, wherein the reference signals determined based on the plurality of path loss estimation reference signals are M path loss estimation reference signals with the smallest identification among the plurality of path loss estimation reference signals ;or,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中标识最大的M个路损估计参考信号;The reference signals determined based on the plurality of path loss estimation reference signals are M path loss estimation reference signals with the largest identification among the plurality of path loss estimation reference signals;其中,M为预定义或所述装置向所述网络设备上报的正整数。Wherein, M is a pre-defined or positive integer reported by the device to the network device.
- 根据权利要求25所述的装置,其特征在于,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中发送周期最短的M个路损估计参考信号;或者,The apparatus according to claim 25, wherein the reference signals determined based on the plurality of path loss estimation reference signals are M path loss estimation reference signals with the shortest transmission period among the plurality of path loss estimation reference signals Signal; or,所述基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号中发送周期最长的M个路损估计参考信号;The reference signals determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals are M path loss estimation reference signals with the longest transmission period among the multiple path loss estimation reference signals;其中,M为预定义或所述装置向所述网络设备上报的正整数。Wherein, M is a pre-defined or positive integer reported by the device to the network device.
- 根据权利要求23至27中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 23 to 27, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:接收来自所述网络设备的第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示第一参考信号;Receiving third information from the network device, where the third information is used to indicate a first reference signal;所述处理单元还用于:The processing unit is also used for:根据所述装置所跟踪的参考信号和/或所述第一参考信号,获得路损估计值;Obtaining a path loss estimate value according to the reference signal tracked by the device and/or the first reference signal;基于所述路损估计值,调整所述装置的上行发送功率,其中,调整后的上行发送功率在所述装置接收到所述第三信息的第一时间段之后生效。Adjust the uplink transmission power of the device based on the path loss estimation value, where the adjusted uplink transmission power takes effect after the first time period when the device receives the third information.
- 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,若所述第一参考信号均属于所述终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X;或者,The apparatus according to claim 28, wherein if the first reference signal belongs to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the first time period is X; or,若所述第一参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号不属于所述终端设备所跟踪的参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X+T;If all or part of the reference signal in the first reference signal does not belong to the reference signal tracked by the terminal device, the first time period is X+T;其中,X为预定义或预配置的参数,T为所述装置测量所述第一参考信号获得路损估计值的时长。Wherein, X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter, and T is the length of time that the device measures the first reference signal to obtain the path loss estimate value.
- 根据权利要求23至29中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述默认模式为下列任一种:The device according to any one of claims 23 to 29, wherein the default mode is any one of the following:第一默认模式,第二默认模式,或第三默认模式;The first default mode, the second default mode, or the third default mode;其中,在所述第一默认模式下,所述装置根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定物理上行共享信道PUSCH的待跟踪的参考信号;在所述第二默认模式下,所述装置根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定物理上行控制信道PUCCH的待跟踪的参考信号;在所述第三默认模式下,所述装置根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定探测参考信号SRS的待跟踪的参考信号。Wherein, in the first default mode, the device determines the reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel; in the second default mode, the device determines the reference signal to be tracked according to the downlink control channel The channel-related reference signal determines the reference signal to be tracked of the physical uplink control channel PUCCH; in the third default mode, the device determines the reference signal to be tracked of the sounding reference signal SRS according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
- 根据权利要求23至30中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 23 to 30, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:向所述网络设备发送第一能力信息和/或第二能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示每个载波分量CC支持的最大可配置的路损估计参考信号的数目,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述每个CC支持的最大可跟踪的路损估计参考信号的数目。Send first capability information and/or second capability information to the network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate the number of maximum configurable path loss estimation reference signals supported by each carrier component CC, and the second The capability information is used to indicate the number of maximum trackable path loss estimation reference signals supported by each CC.
- 一种跟踪参考信号的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for tracking a reference signal, characterized in that it comprises:收发单元,用于向终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示默认模式是否开启,在所述默认模式下,所述终端设备根据下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定待跟踪的参考信号;以及,向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置多个路损估计参考信号;The transceiver unit is configured to send first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate whether the default mode is enabled, and in the default mode, the terminal device determines the reference to be tracked according to the reference signal related to the downlink control channel Signal; and, sending second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to configure multiple path loss estimation reference signals;处理单元,用于若所述默认模式开启,确定所述终端设备跟踪的参考信号为基于所述下行控制信道相关的参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪的参考信号为所述多个路损估计参考信号。A processing unit, configured to determine that the reference signal tracked by the terminal device is a reference signal determined based on the reference signal related to the downlink control channel if the default mode is turned on, and the reference signal that is not tracked is the multiple path loss estimates Reference signal.
- 根据权利要求32所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息和所述第二信息是所述装置通过同一信令发送的。The device according to claim 32, wherein the first information and the second information are sent by the device through the same signaling.
- 根据权利要求32或33所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to claim 32 or 33, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:若所述默认模式未开启,确定所述终端设备跟踪的参考信号为基于所述多个路损估计参考信号确定的参考信号,不跟踪的参考信号为所述下行控制信道相关的参考信号。If the default mode is not enabled, it is determined that the reference signal tracked by the terminal device is a reference signal determined based on the multiple path loss estimation reference signals, and the reference signal that is not tracked is a reference signal related to the downlink control channel.
- 根据权利要求32至34中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 32 to 34, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:在向所述终端设备发送第二信息之前,接收来自所述终端设备的第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示每个载波分量CC支持的最大可配置的路损估计参考信号的数目;Before sending the second information to the terminal device, receive first capability information from the terminal device, where the first capability information is used to indicate the maximum configurable path loss estimation reference signal supported by each carrier component CC number;所述处理单元还用于:The processing unit is also used for:根据所述第一能力信息,确定所述多个路损估计参考信号的数目。Determine the number of the multiple path loss estimation reference signals according to the first capability information.
- 根据权利要求32至35中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 32 to 35, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:接收来自所述终端设备的第二能力信息,所述第二能力信息用于指示所述每个CC支持的最大可跟踪的路损估计参考信号的数目。Receiving second capability information from the terminal device, where the second capability information is used to indicate the number of maximum trackable path loss estimation reference signals supported by each CC.
- 一种跟踪参考信号的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for tracking a reference signal, characterized in that it comprises:收发单元,用于接收来自网络设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于配置L个基础的路损估计参考信号,L为小于或等于4的正整数;以及,接收来自所述网络设备的第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置K个额外的路损估计参考信号,所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号与所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号不同,K为正整数;The transceiver unit is configured to receive first information from a network device, where the first information is used to configure L basic path loss estimation reference signals, where L is a positive integer less than or equal to 4; and, receiving from the network device The second information is used to configure K additional path loss estimation reference signals, the K additional path loss estimation reference signals are different from the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and K is Positive integer处理单元,用于跟踪所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,不跟踪所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号。The processing unit is configured to track the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and not track the K additional path loss estimation reference signals.
- 根据权利要求37所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息和所述第二信息是所述网络设备通过同一信令发送的。The apparatus according to claim 37, wherein the first information and the second information are sent by the network device through the same signaling.
- 根据权利要求37或38所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The device according to claim 37 or 38, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:接收来自所述网络设备的第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示第一参考信号;Receiving third information from the network device, where the third information is used to indicate a first reference signal;所述处理单元还用于:The processing unit is also used for:根据所述装置所跟踪的参考信号和/或所述第一参考信号,获得路损估计值;Obtaining a path loss estimate value according to the reference signal tracked by the device and/or the first reference signal;基于所述路损估计值,调整所述装置的上行发送功率,其中,调整后的上行发送功率在所述装置接收到所述第三信息的第一时间段之后生效。Adjust the uplink transmission power of the device based on the path loss estimation value, where the adjusted uplink transmission power takes effect after the first time period when the device receives the third information.
- 根据权利要求39所述的装置,其特征在于,若所述第一参考信号均属于所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X;或者,The apparatus according to claim 39, wherein if the first reference signals all belong to the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, the first time period is X; or,若所述第一参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号不属于所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,则所述第一时间段为X+T;If all or part of the reference signals in the first reference signal do not belong to the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, the first time period is X+T;其中,X为预定义或预配置的参数,T为所述装置测量所述第一参考信号获得路损估计值的时长。Wherein, X is a predefined or pre-configured parameter, and T is the length of time that the device measures the first reference signal to obtain the path loss estimate value.
- 根据权利要求37至40中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 37 to 40, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:向所述网络设备发送第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示每个载波分量CC支持的最大可配置的额外的路损估计参考信号的数目。The first capability information is sent to the network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate the maximum configurable number of additional path loss estimation reference signals supported by each carrier component CC.
- 一种跟踪参考信号的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for tracking a reference signal, characterized in that it comprises:收发单元,用于向终端设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于配置L个基础的路损估计参考信号,L为小于或等于4的正整数;以及,向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于配置K个额外的路损估计参考信号,所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号与所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号不同,K为正整数;The transceiver unit is configured to send first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to configure L basic path loss estimation reference signals, where L is a positive integer less than or equal to 4; and, send the first information to the terminal device Second information, the second information is used to configure K additional path loss estimation reference signals, the K additional path loss estimation reference signals are different from the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and K is a positive integer ;处理单元,用于确定所述终端设备跟踪的参考信号为所述L个基础的路损估计参考信号,不跟踪的参考信号为所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号。The processing unit is configured to determine that the reference signals tracked by the terminal device are the L basic path loss estimation reference signals, and the untracked reference signals are the K additional path loss estimation reference signals.
- 根据权利要求42所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息和所述第二信息是所述装置通过同一信令发送的。The device according to claim 42, wherein the first information and the second information are sent by the device through the same signaling.
- 根据权利要求42或43所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The device according to claim 42 or 43, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:在向所述终端设备发送第二信息之前,接收所述终端设备发送的第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息用于指示每个载波分量CC支持的最大可配置的额外的路损估计参考信号的数目;Before sending the second information to the terminal device, receive the first capability information sent by the terminal device, where the first capability information is used to indicate the maximum configurable additional path loss estimation reference supported by each carrier component CC The number of signals;所述处理单元还用于:The processing unit is also used for:根据所述第一能力信息,确定所述K个额外的路损估计参考信号的数目。According to the first capability information, the number of the K additional path loss estimation reference signals is determined.
- 一种跟踪参考信号的装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器、存储器和收发器;A device for tracking reference signals, which is characterized by comprising: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver;所述收发器,用于接收信号或者发送信号;The transceiver is used to receive signals or send signals;所述存储器,用于存储程序代码;The memory is used to store program code;所述处理器,用于从所述存储器调用所述程序代码执行如权利要求1至9中任一项、权利要求10至14中任一项、权利要求15至19中任一项、或者如权利要求20至22中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to call the program code from the memory to execute any one of claims 1 to 9, any one of claims 10 to 14, any one of claims 15 to 19, or as The method of any one of claims 20-22.
- 一种跟踪参考信号的装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器,当所述处理器调用存储器中的计算机程序时,如权利要求1至9中任一项、权利要求10至14中任一项、权利要求15至19中任一项、或者如权利要求20至22中任一项所述的方法被执行。A device for tracking a reference signal, comprising: a processor, when the processor calls a computer program in the memory, as in any one of claims 1 to 9 and any one of claims 10 to 14 , The method according to any one of claims 15 to 19 or any one of claims 20 to 22 is executed.
- 一种跟踪参考信号的装置,其特征在于,包括:存储器和处理器;所述存储器用 于存储计算机程序,当所述处理器调用所述存储器中的计算机程序时,使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至9中任一项、权利要求10至14中任一项、权利要求15至19中任一项、或者如权利要求20至22中任一项所述的方法。A device for tracking reference signals, comprising: a memory and a processor; the memory is used to store a computer program, and when the processor calls the computer program in the memory, the device executes Any one of claims 1-9, any one of claims 10-14, any one of claims 15-19, or a method according to any one of claims 20-22.
- 一种计算机可读介质,用于存储计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序包括用于实现如权利要求1至9中任一项、权利要求10至14中任一项、权利要求15至19中任一项、或者如权利要求20至22中任一项所述的通信方法的指令。A computer readable medium for storing a computer program, wherein the computer program includes a computer program for implementing any one of claims 1 to 9, any one of claims 10 to 14, and claims 15 to Any one of 19, or an instruction of the communication method according to any one of claims 20-22.
- 一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中包括计算机程序代码,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机实现如权利要求1至9中任一项、权利要求10至14中任一项、权利要求15至19中任一项、或者如权利要求20至22中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, the computer program product includes computer program code, characterized in that, when the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer realizes any one of claims 1 to 9 and claim 10. The method according to any one of claims 15 to 19, or any one of claims 20 to 22.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2020/075217 WO2021159447A1 (en) | 2020-02-14 | 2020-02-14 | Method and apparatus for tracking reference signal |
CN202080095058.2A CN115039467A (en) | 2020-02-14 | 2020-02-14 | Method and apparatus for tracking reference signal |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2020/075217 WO2021159447A1 (en) | 2020-02-14 | 2020-02-14 | Method and apparatus for tracking reference signal |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2021159447A1 true WO2021159447A1 (en) | 2021-08-19 |
Family
ID=77291910
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2020/075217 WO2021159447A1 (en) | 2020-02-14 | 2020-02-14 | Method and apparatus for tracking reference signal |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN115039467A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2021159447A1 (en) |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2013048192A1 (en) * | 2011-09-28 | 2013-04-04 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for setting plurality of reference signal configurations in wireless communication system |
CN108282280A (en) * | 2017-01-05 | 2018-07-13 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | A kind of indicating means of reference signal, the network equipment and terminal device |
CN108631987A (en) * | 2017-03-24 | 2018-10-09 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | The processing method and processing device of reference signal |
-
2020
- 2020-02-14 CN CN202080095058.2A patent/CN115039467A/en active Pending
- 2020-02-14 WO PCT/CN2020/075217 patent/WO2021159447A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2013048192A1 (en) * | 2011-09-28 | 2013-04-04 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for setting plurality of reference signal configurations in wireless communication system |
CN108282280A (en) * | 2017-01-05 | 2018-07-13 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | A kind of indicating means of reference signal, the network equipment and terminal device |
CN108631987A (en) * | 2017-03-24 | 2018-10-09 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | The processing method and processing device of reference signal |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
OPPO: "Discussion on Multi-beam Operation Enhancements", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1911844, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Reno, USA; 20191118 - 20191122, 8 November 2019 (2019-11-08), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, pages 1 - 13, XP051819865 * |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN115039467A (en) | 2022-09-09 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2021062973A1 (en) | Data transmission method and apparatus | |
EP3668217B1 (en) | Bandwidth part configuration method, network equipment and terminal | |
WO2020034889A1 (en) | Signal transmission method and communication apparatus | |
WO2020150943A1 (en) | Signal transmission method, terminal device, and network device | |
WO2020155179A1 (en) | Signal transmission method, terminal device, and network device | |
WO2020030050A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for training antenna panel | |
WO2018202098A1 (en) | Method of wireless communication, network device and terminal device | |
WO2018107363A1 (en) | Signal transmission method, terminal device and network device | |
US20230328755A1 (en) | Method and device for tci state indication and application | |
WO2019096210A1 (en) | Method and device for resource allocation | |
US11963205B2 (en) | Resource management method and apparatus | |
US20210168812A1 (en) | Data transmission method and apparatus | |
US20230137907A1 (en) | Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device | |
WO2021056460A1 (en) | Measurement management method and apparatus, and communication device | |
US20230299919A1 (en) | Signal transmission method, terminal and network device | |
WO2020187125A1 (en) | Data transmission method and device | |
WO2020206581A1 (en) | Signal transmission method, terminal device, and network device | |
WO2022041020A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
US20230138282A1 (en) | Method and device for beam failure recovery | |
WO2021159447A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for tracking reference signal | |
WO2022028501A1 (en) | Signal transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium | |
US11191081B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for measurement and reporting for reference signal | |
US20230132744A1 (en) | Method and device for tci state configuration | |
CN118283829A (en) | Beam indication method, device and equipment | |
TW202344120A (en) | Information transmission method and apparatus, network device and terminal |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 20918502 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 20918502 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |